Engine Controls Self-Diagnostics: Diagnosis Pontiac Aztek I

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS

PCM is equipped with a self-diagnostic system which detects system failures or abnormalities. When a malfunction occurs, PCM will store a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) and in most cases, illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) located on instrument cluster.

There are 2 paths for accessing on-board diagnostics. It is necessary to access information through both paths, as each path presents some different information.

1. Generic OBD-II This provides all generic codes and some OEM codes, serial data PIDs required for generic OBD-II and some OEM PIDs, monitor status, pending codes and freeze frame.
2. OEM All DTCs, all PIDs, failure records, enhanced scan tool information and all other OEM scanner functions.

DIAGNOSTIC STARTING POINT - ENGINE CONTROLS

Diagnosis of computerized engine control system should be performed in the following order

1. Ensure all engine systems not related to computer system are operating properly. DO NOT proceed with testing unless all other problems have been repaired. Diagnostic system check must be performed before using specific DTC testing procedure. See «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) .
2. If no DTCs are present and a driveability problem exists, see «SYMPTOMS»(ref-152915-S31711482542003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. Doing so will help identify proper system or component to check in «SYSTEM & COMPONENT TESTING - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-153136) article.
3. After necessary repairs are made, clear DTCs, verify vehicle will enter "closed loop" operation and ensure DTC does not reset.

RETRIEVING DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES

DTCs are retrieved using a Tech 2 scan tool, or other OBD-II compatible scan tool connected to OBD-II 16-pin Data Link Connector (DLC). See DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS. (Scheme 25) DLC is located below left side of dash.

Scheme 25

Diagnostic Procedures

Note. Do not perform this diagnostic if there is not a driveability concern, unless another procedure directs you to this diagnostic. Before you proceed with diagnosis, search for applicable service bulletins. Unless a diagnostic procedure instructs you, do NOT clear the DTCs. If there is a condition with the starting system, see appropriate STARTERS article in ELECTRICAL. Ensure the battery has a full charge. Ensure the battery cables are clean and tight. Ensure the PCM grounds are clean, tight, and in the correct location.

1. Install a scan tool. Does the scan tool turn ON? If yes, go to next step. If no, see SCAN TOOL DOES NOT POWER UP in appropriate BODY CONTROL MODULES article in ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT.
2. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Attempt to establish communication with the listed control modules. If you are using a Tech 2, obtain the information using the Class 2 Message Monitor feature: PCM. Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD). Instrument Panel (IP) cluster. Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM). Does the scan tool communicate with all the listed control modules? If yes, go to next step. If no, see SCAN TOOL DOES NOT COMMUNICATE WITH CLASS 2 DEVICE in appropriate BODY CONTROL MODULES article in ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT.
3. Attempt to start the engine. Does the engine start and idle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «NO-START DIAGNOSIS»(ref-152619-S34612107092003021700000) in BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Select the DTC display function for the following control modules: PCM, VTD, IP Cluster and EBCM. Does the scan tool display any DTCs? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 9 .
5. With a scan tool, select Captured Info in order to store the powertrain DTC information. When complete, go to next step.
6. Does the scan tool display DTCs which begin with a "U"? If yes, see appropriate BODY CONTROL MODULES article in ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT. If no, go to next step.
7. Does the scan tool display DTC P0601 or P0602? If yes, see «DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681 OR P1683: PCM MEMORY»(ref-155075-S15479168952003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
8. Does the scan tool display DTC P0560 or P0620? If yes, see appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) .
9. Is the customer's concern with the automatic transmission? If yes, see appropriate DIAGNOSIS article in AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS. If no, go to next step.
10. Is the customer's concern with Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing? If yes, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) under DRIVE CYCLES.
11. Review the following symptoms. Hard start, surges/chuggles, lack of power, sluggishness, sponginess, detonation/spark knock, hesitation, sag, stumble, cuts out, misses, poor fuel economy, poor fuel fill quality, rough, unstable, or incorrect idle and stalling, dieseling, run-on and backfire. See «SYMPTOMS»(ref-152915-S31711482542003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, system is okay. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

CLEARING DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES

There are 3 methods to clear DTCs.

Scan Tool

Scan tool is preferable way to clear DTC information. Freeze frame and failure record data will also be cleared. PCM adaptive learning and system monitors will only be cleared for those systems which had a stored DTC.

SCAN TOOL USAGE

Scan tool is a specialized tester which, when connected to DLC, can be used to diagnose on-board computer control systems by providing instant access to circuit voltage information without need to crawl under dash or hood to backprobe sensors and connectors.

Scan tool reduces diagnostic time dramatically by furnishing input data (voltage signals) which can be compared to specification parameters. They may also furnish information on output device (solenoids and motors) status. However, status parameters only indicate output signals have been sent to devices by PCM; they do not indicate whether devices have responded properly to signal. Verify proper response at output device using a voltmeter or test light.

A problem may exist even if DTCs are not present. About 80 percent of driveability problems occur without setting DTCs. Sensors that are out of calibration will not set a DTC but will cause driveability problems.

Using a scan tool is the easiest method of checking sensor specifications and other data parameters. Scan tool is also useful in finding intermittent wiring problems by wiggling wiring harnesses and connections (key on, engine off) while observing data parameters.

Note. If erroneous voltage signals are suspected, verify tester information using a digital voltmeter and wiring schematic. If non-existent DTCs are displayed, DO NOT use scan tool for diagnosis. Contact tester manufacturer for additional information.

Scan Tool Display

Note. OBD-II vehicles have options available in the scan tool DTC mode to display enhanced information available. However, to fully utilize information and procedures requires the use of a Tech 2 scan tool. See scan tool operator's manual for additional information.

The following are Tech 2 scan tool sub-menus in the DTC INFO and SPECIFIC DTC modes

1. DTC INFO MODE Used to search for specific type of stored DTC information. There are 7 choices in this mode. Technician may be instructed to test DTCs in a certain manner. Follow the affected DTC test procedures. To get complete description of any status, hit ENTER key before pressing the desired "F" key.
2. DTC STATUS This selection will display any DTCs that have not run during the current ignition cycle or have reported a test failure during this ignition up to a maximum of 33 DTCs. A DTC test that runs and passes will cause affected DTC to be removed from scan tool screen.
3. FAIL THIS IGN. This selection will display all DTCs that have failed during the present ignition cycle.
4. HISTORY This selection will display only DTCs that are stored in the control module's history memory. It will not display type "D" DTCs. It will display all type "A" and type "B" DTCs that have the MIL illuminated and have failed within the last 40 warm-up cycles. It will also display type "C" DTCs that have failed within the 40 warm-up cycles.
5. LAST TEST FAIL This selection will only display DTCs that have failed the last time the test ran. If type "A" or "B" DTCs are displayed, the last test may have ran during the previous ignition cycle. For type "C" DTCs, the last failure must have occurred during the current ignition cycle to be displayed as LAST TEST FAIL.
6. MIL REQUEST This selection will only display DTCs that are requesting MIL illumination. Type "C" DTCs cannot be displayed using this option. This selection will report type "B" DTCs only after MIL illumination has been requested.
7. NOT RUN SCC Not Run Since Code Clear option will display up to 33 DTCs that have not run since DTCs were last cleared. Since any displayed DTCs have not run, their condition (passing or failing) is unknown.
8. TEST FAIL SCC Test Fail Since Code Clear selection will display all active and history DTCs that have reported a test failure since the last time DTCs were cleared. DTCs that last failed over 40 warm-up cycles before this option is selected will not be displayed.
9. FAILED SINCE CLEAR This message indicates the DTC has failed at least once within the last 40 warm-up cycles since the last time DTCs were cleared.
10. NOT RUN SINCE CL. Not Run Since Cleared message indicates that the selected diagnostic test has not run since the last time DTCs were cleared. Therefore, the diagnostic test status (passed or failed) is unknown. After DTCs are cleared, this message will continue to be displayed until the diagnostic test runs.
11. NOT RUN THIS IGN. Not Run This Ignition message indicates the selected diagnostic test has not run this ignition cycle.
12. TEST RAN AND PASSED This message indicates the selected diagnostic test has: Passed the last test. Ran and passed during this ignition cycle. Ran and passed since DTCs were last cleared. Test has not failed since DTCs were last cleared. If this message is displayed, repair is complete. If FAILED THIS IGN. message is displayed, repair is incomplete and further diagnosis is required.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. Repair any DTCs or driveability concerns that would prevent the I/M System Status tests from completing. Did you find and repair a DTC or driveability concern? If yes, go to step 3 . If no, go to next step.
2. Review any service bulletins for software updates that may prevent I/M readiness. Perform any reprogramming or repairs indicated by the service bulletins. Was a reprogramming or repair service required? If yes, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE COMPLETE SYSTEM SET PROCEDURE»(ref-155075-S08016051632003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Is more than one test indicating a NO status? If yes, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE COMPLETE SYSTEM SET PROCEDURE»(ref-155075-S08016051632003060600000) . If no, go to the I/M System Set Procedure for the indicated system.

Diagnostic Aids

The I/M System Status display provides an indication of when the control module has completed the required tests. This does not necessarily mean that the test has passed, only that a decision was made. If the diagnostic fails, a DTC will indicate the failure. If a failure indication is present for a DTC associated with one of the I/M regulated systems, the failure indication may prevent other required tests from running. For example, a DTC for the control circuit of the relay controlling an AIR pump may not be listed in the INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTCS table because this is a continuous test. If this DTC is set, the Active Tests for the AIR system may not run. The I/M System Status information may be useful for a technician to determine if diagnostics have run when verifying repairs.

Conditions for Running

Cold Start

1. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 65 kPa.
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is less than 86°F (30°C).
3. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is less than 90°F (32°C).
4. Difference between the IAT and ECT is 7°F (5°C) or less.
5. Battery voltage is 10-18 volts.
6. Fuel level is 1/4 and 3/4.

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. Preprogram the scan tool with the vehicle information before the ignition is turned ON. Ensure that the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S31615558142003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Set the vehicle parking brake. Verify that the transmission is in Park (A/T) or Neutral (M/T). Start engine and allow engine to idle for 2 minutes. When complete, go to next step.
3. In order for the next group of tests to run, the vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 55 MPH with this speed maintained until engine reaches operating temperature. This may be up to 8-10 minutes depending on the start-up coolant temperature. Continued operation under these conditions for an additional 6 minutes. After procedure, go to next step.
4. In order for the next group of tests to run, the vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Vehicle speed reduced to 45 MPH with this speed maintained for one additional minute. Four decelerations of 25 seconds each from 45 MPH while the following criteria is maintained: The throttle is closed. NO brake application on either manual or automatic transmission. NO clutch actuation on a manual transmission. NO manual downshift. Vehicle speed remains more than 25 MPH. After each deceleration period, the vehicle is returned to 45 MPH under part throttle acceleration and the speed is maintained for 15 seconds. When complete, go to next step.
5. In order for the next group of tests to run, the vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 45-55 MPH with this speed maintained for 2 minutes. Decelerate to zero MPH. Engine idling for 2 minutes while the following criteria is maintained: Service brake depressed. Automatic transmission in Drive. Manual transmission in Neutral with the clutch pedal depressed. When complete, go to next step.
6. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did all of the I/M System Status indicators update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to the I/M System Set Procedure for the indicated systems.
7. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Rough road conditions may prevent some of the tests from running. Extreme high or low ambient temperatures may prevent tests such as Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater and Evaporative (EVAP) emission System from initiating. If a step is interrupted before completion, perform the remaining portion of the set procedures. Any portion of the set procedure that requires the engine at operating temperature may be repeated. This allows most of the diagnostics to run and the remaining tests can be performed using the individual System Set Procedures. If the vehicle has recently run, start this procedure at step 3 . This will allow the tests that require the engine at operating temperature to run. Using this method allows shorter cool down periods if the tests requiring a cold start do not initiate. The scan tool can be used to monitor each of the I/M System Status indicators during the I/M Complete System Set Procedure. When all of the indicators for a test step have updated to YES, testing can move on to the next step even if the remaining portion of the test is not complete. For example, step 3 is designed to run the EVAP, secondary Air Injection (AIR), and HO2S tests. The procedure instructs the technician to operate the vehicle in the enable conditions for 6 minutes. If all 3 tests have updated to YES within 4 minutes, it is not necessary to continue with the enable conditions and testing can advance to the next step.

INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTC TABLE

INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTCS

1. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 65 kPa.
2. Engine coolant is at operating temperature is 203-212°F (95-100°C).
3. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 59-167°F (15-75°C).
4. Engine is in Closed Loop fuel control.
5. Engine has run for 6-8 minutes off idle in order to initiate test.
6. Battery voltage is 10-18 volts.

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. Ensure the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S28665079722003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Start engine and allow to idle. For this test to run, vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 55 MPH with this speed maintained for 5 minutes. Decelerate to zero MPH. Engine idling for 2 minutes while the following criteria is maintained: Service brake depressed. Automatic transmission in Drive. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the Catalyst System Status update to YES? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the DTC Information. Does the scan tool indicate any failed DTCs? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. To determine which DTCs are required to run in order to complete this test, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTC TABLE»(ref-155075-S08823597822003060600000) . With scan tool, observe the Not Ran Since Code Cleared display. Determine which of the DTCs required for a YES status has not run. Enter the DTC number in the Specific DTC menu of the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S28665079722003060600000) . Repeat the procedure until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic test has run. Repeat procedure for any additional required DTCs that have not run. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the Catalyst System Status update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S38476053022003060600000) .
5. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The control module runs a maximum of 6 tests per trip until the Catalyst System Status updates to YES. If the status does not update, the test outlined in this procedure can be repeated until the I/M System Status updates to YES. The I/M System Status does not indicate whether the test has passed or failed, only that a decision was made. When all of the diagnostics for a specific system have run and passed, the I/M System Status will update to YES. If a test for a specific system has failed, the I/M System Status will update to YES, indicating a determination was made, even if all of the required tests have not run. When a failure occurs, the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display will indicate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) is requested. The I/M System Status also registers the number of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The first failure of a type "B" DTC does not constitute a final determination of pass or fail, and will not update the I/M System Status to YES. A second trip is required, and all the conditions to run must be met in order for the test to run again. These conditions may include a partial to complete engine cool down. The I/M System Status will update only when an emission related DTC fails the second time, or when all of the tests pass. If there is an impending failure, the system may require more time to run the diagnostic than was allotted in the set procedure. If the test does not run after numerous attempts and no DTC is set, review the appropriate scan tool data list and the service information for an indication of why the test does not complete. Some tests may abort due to changes in the conditions while the test is running. For example, changes in engine load, such as a cooling fan or an A/C compressor clutch turning ON, may cause the test to abort. If a diagnostic test is difficult to run, observe the I/M System Status display while maintaining the necessary enable conditions until the system status updates to YES.

1. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 65 kPa.
2. Engine coolant is at operating temperature is 176-230°F (80-110°C).
3. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is less than 149°F (65°C).

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. Ensure the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S25598994732003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Start engine and allow to idle. For this test to run, the vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 45 MPH with this speed maintained for one minute. Four decelerations of 25 seconds each from 45 MPH while the following criteria is maintained: Throttle is closed. NO brake application on either manual or automatic transmission. NO manual downshift. The vehicle speed remains above 25 MPH. After each deceleration period, vehicle is returned to 45 MPH under part throttle acceleration and speed is maintained for 15 seconds. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the EGR System Status update to YES? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the DTC Information. Does the scan tool indicate any failed DTCs? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. To determine which DTCs are required to run in order to complete this test, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTC TABLE»(ref-155075-S08823597822003060600000) . With scan tool, observe the Not Ran Since Code Cleared display. Determine which of the DTCs required for a YES status has not run. Enter the DTC number in the Specific DTC menu of the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S25598994732003060600000) . Repeat the procedure until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic test has run. Repeat procedure for any additional required DTCs that have not run. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the EGR System Status update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S08774739892003060600000) .
5. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The control module only runs the EGR Active Tests during a gradual deceleration with a closed throttle and a vehicle speed above 25 MPH. Several deceleration cycles may be necessary in order to accumulate a sufficient number of EGR flow samples. The procedure is for a clear, flat road. If the procedure is performed on a road with a slight down hill grade, the test may acquire the necessary sample counters in one or two decel trips. If the test is interrupted during the procedure, it may take more than three deceleration cycles to complete the test. If the status does not update, the test outlined in this procedure can be repeated until the I/M System Status updates to YES. The I/M System Status does not indicate whether the test has passed or failed, only that a decision was made. When all of the diagnostics for a specific system have run and passed, the I/M System Status will update to YES. If a test for a specific system has failed, the I/M System Status will update to YES, indicating a determination was made, even if all of the required tests have not run. When a failure occurs, the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display will indicate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) is requested. The I/M System Status also registers the number of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The first failure of a type "B" DTC does not constitute a final determination of pass or fail, and will not update the I/M System Status to YES. A second trip is required, and all the conditions to run must be met in order for the test to run again. These conditions may include a partial to complete engine cool down. The I/M System Status will update only when an emission related DTC fails the second time, or when all of the tests pass. If there is an impending failure, the system may require more time to run the diagnostic than was allotted in the set procedure. If the test does not run after numerous attempts and no DTC is set, review the appropriate scan tool data list and the service information for an indication of why the test does not complete. Some tests may abort due to changes in the conditions while the test is running. For example, changes in engine load, such as a cooling fan or an A/C compressor clutch turning ON, may cause the test to abort. If a diagnostic test is difficult to run, observe the I/M System Status display while maintaining the necessary enable conditions until the system status updates to YES.

Service Bay Test

1. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 65 kPa.
2. ECT is less than 158°F (70°C).
3. Fuel level is 1/4 and 3/4.
4. Battery voltage is 10-18 volts.

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. Using a scan tool, select Special Functions. Determine if the vehicle is equipped with a Service Bay Test for the EVAP System. Is the vehicle equipped with EVAP Service Bay Test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
3. Ensure that the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S10357353852003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Following the directions on the scan tool, perform the EVAP Service Bay Test. Did the EVAP System pass the Service Bay Test? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the scan tool Service Bay Test for an indication of why the test did not pass (e.g., failed DTC, test aborted, etc.). Refer to the appropriate service information for diagnosis and repair of the condition as necessary. After repairs, go to «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE COMPLETE SYSTEM SET PROCEDURE»(ref-155075-S08016051632003060600000) .
5. Ensure that the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S10357353852003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Start and operate engine at idle. To run this test, vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 45 MPH with this speed maintained until the engine reaches operating temperature. This may be up to 8-10 minutes depending on the start-up coolant temperature. Continue the operating conditions for an additional 3 minutes after the engine reaches operating temperature, or until the I/M System Status indicator updates to YES. Did the EVAP System Status update to YES? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. With a scan tool, observe the DTC Information. Does the scan tool indicate any failed DTCs? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
7. To determine which DTCs are required to run in order to complete this test, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTC TABLE»(ref-155075-S08823597822003060600000) . With scan tool, observe the Not Ran Since Code Cleared display. Determine which of the DTCs required for a YES status has not run. Enter the DTC number in the Specific DTC menu of the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S10357353852003060600000) . Repeat the procedure until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic test has run. Repeat this procedure for any additional required DTCs that have not run. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the EVAP System Status update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S26205426732003060600000) .
8. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Extreme high or low ambient temperatures may prevent the EVAP System Tests from initiating. Performing a visual inspection prior to running the EVAP Service Bay Test may prevent having to repeat the test. A loose fuel cap may cause a Service Bay Test to abort or fail and prevent the I/M System Status from updating. A failed or aborted test will require the vehicle to cool down in order to meet the enable criteria to run another test. The I/M System Status does not indicate whether the test has passed or failed, only that a decision was made. When all of the diagnostics for a specific system have run and passed, the I/M System Status will update to YES. If a test for a specific system has failed, the I/M System Status will update to YES, indicating a determination was made, even if all of the required tests have not run. When a failure occurs, the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display will indicate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) is requested. The I/M System Status also registers the number of DTCs. The first failure of a type "B" DTC does not constitute a final determination of pass or fail, and will not update the I/M System Status to YES. A second trip is required, and all the conditions to run must be met in order for the test to run again. These conditions may include a partial to complete engine cool down. The I/M System Status will update only when an emission related DTC fails the second time, or when all of the tests pass. If there is an impending failure, the system may require more time to run the diagnostic than was allotted in the set procedure. If the test does not run after numerous attempts and no DTC is set, review the appropriate scan tool data list and the service information for an indication of why the test does not complete. Some tests may abort due to changes in the conditions while the test is running. For example, changes in engine load, such as a cooling fan or an A/C compressor clutch turning ON, may cause the test to abort. If a diagnostic test is difficult to run, observe the I/M System Status display while maintaining the necessary enable conditions until the system status updates to YES.

1. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 176°F (80°C).
2. Engine is running in Closed Loop fuel control.
3. Engine has been running for more than 4 minutes.
4. Battery voltage is 10-18 volts.

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. Ensure that the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S30667421882003060600000) . Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Start engine and allow it to idle. To run this test, the vehicle must operate in the following conditions: Accelerate at part throttle to 45-55 MPH with this speed maintained for 6 minutes or until the I/M System Status updates to YES. On manual transmissions, either 5 or 6-speed, may require operation in 4th or 5th gear respectively, in order for this test to run. With a scan tool, review the I/M System Status display. Did the HO2S/O2S System Status update to YES? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the DTC Information. Does the scan tool indicate any failed DTCs? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. To determine which DTCs are required to run in order to complete this test, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTC TABLE»(ref-155075-S08823597822003060600000) . With scan tool, observe the Not Ran Since Code Cleared display. Determine which of the DTCs required for a YES status has not run. Enter the DTC number in the Specific DTC menu of the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S30667421882003060600000) . Repeat the procedure until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic test has run. Repeat this procedure for any additional required DTCs that have not run. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the HO2S/O2S System Status update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S17059128752003060600000) .
5. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

If the status does not update, the test outlined in this procedure can be repeated until the I/M System Status updates to YES. The I/M System Status does not indicate whether the test has passed or failed, only that a decision was made. When all of the diagnostics for a specific system have run and passed, the I/M System Status will update to YES. If a test for a specific system has failed, the I/M System Status will update to YES, indicating a determination was made, even if all of the required tests have not run. When a failure occurs, the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display will indicate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) is requested. The I/M System Status also registers the number of DTCs. The first failure of a type "B" DTC does not constitute a final determination of pass or fail, and will not update the I/M System Status to YES. A second trip is required, and all the conditions to run must be met in order for the test to run again. These conditions may include a partial to complete engine cool down. The I/M System Status will update only when an emission related DTC fails the second time, or when all of the tests pass. If there is an impending failure, the system may require more time to run the diagnostic than was allotted in the set procedure. If the test does not run after numerous attempts and no DTC is set, review the appropriate scan tool data list and the service information for an indication of why the test does not complete. Some tests may abort due to changes in the conditions while the test is running. For example, changes in engine load, such as a cooling fan or an A/C compressor clutch turning ON, may cause the test to abort. If a diagnostic test is difficult to run, observe the I/M System Status display while maintaining the necessary enable conditions until the system status updates to YES.

1. Start-up Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is less than 90°F (32°C).
2. Start-up Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is less than 90°F (32°C).
3. Difference between the IAT and the ECT is less than 7°F.
4. Battery voltage is 10-18 volts.

1. Did you perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK»(ref-155075-S40077356142003060600000) .
2. After verifying the enable criteria, Turn ignition off for approximately 5 minutes to allow the sensors to cool before continuing with the test. Preprogram the scan tool with the vehicle information before the ignition is turned ON. Ensure that the vehicle is within the Conditions for Running. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S30667421882003060600000) . Set the vehicle parking brake. Verify that the transmission is in Park (A/T) or Neutral (M/T). Turn OFF all of the accessories (e.g., A/C, blower fan, etc.). Start engine and allow to idle. Allow engine to idle for 2 minutes or until the I/M System Status indicator updates to YES. Did the HO2S Heater System Status update to YES? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the DTC Information. Does the scan tool indicate any failed DTCs? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. To determine which DTCs are required to run in order to complete this test, see «INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM DTCS»(ref-155075-S05706443202003060600000) table. With a scan tool, observe the Not Ran Since Code Cleared display. Determine which of the DTCs required for a YES status has not run. Enter the DTC number in the Specific DTC menu of the scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING»(ref-155075-S30667421882003060600000) . Repeat the procedure until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic test has run. Repeat this procedure for any additional required DTCs that have not run. With a scan tool, observe the I/M System Status display. Did the HO2S Heater System Status update to YES? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S25899336842003060600000) .
5. With a scan tool, observe the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display. Does the scan tool indicate any Emission Related DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The HO2S heater tests will normally run within the 2 minutes allotted in the procedure. If there is an indeterminate condition, the test may take up to 8 minutes on some vehicles before a decision of pass or fail is made. If the test does not update within the allotted period of time, continue operation within the enable conditions until the test updates to YES. If the test does not update to YES, it may have failed or aborted due to the loss of enabling conditions. Extremely high ambient temperatures may prevent the HO2S Heater Test from initiating. The I/M System Status does not indicate whether the test has passed or failed, only that a decision was made. When all of the diagnostics for a specific system have run and passed, the I/M System Status will update to YES. If a test for a specific system has failed, the I/M System Status will update to YES, indicating a determination was made, even if all of the required tests have not run. When a failure occurs, the Emission Related DTC portion of the I/M System Status display will indicate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) is requested. The I/M System Status also registers the number of DTCs. The first failure of a type "B" DTC does not constitute a final determination of pass or fail, and will not update the I/M System Status to YES. A second trip is required, and all the conditions to run must be met in order for the test to run again. These conditions may include a partial to complete engine cool down. The I/M System Status will update only when an emission related DTC fails the second time, or when all of the tests pass. If there is an impending failure, the system may require more time to run the diagnostic than was allotted in the set procedure. If the test does not run after numerous attempts and no DTC is set, review the appropriate scan tool data list and the service information for an indication of why the test does not complete. Some tests may abort due to changes in the conditions while the test is running. For example, changes in engine load, such as a cooling fan or an A/C compressor clutch turning ON, may cause the test to abort. If a diagnostic test is difficult to run, observe the I/M System Status display while maintaining the necessary enable conditions until the system status updates to YES.

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS

DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX

Scheme 26

Scheme 27

Scheme 28

Scheme 29

Scheme 30

Scheme 31

Scheme 32

Scheme 33

Scheme 34

Scheme 35

Scheme 36

Scheme 37

Scheme 38

Scheme 39

Scheme 40

Scheme 41

Scheme 42

Scheme 43

Scheme 44

Scheme 45

Scheme 46

Scheme 47

Scheme 48

Scheme 49

Scheme 50

Scheme 51

Scheme 52

Scheme 53

Scheme 54

Scheme 55

Scheme 56

Scheme 57

Scheme 58

Scheme 59

Scheme 60

Scheme 61

Scheme 62

Scheme 63

Scheme 64

Scheme 65

Scheme 66

Scheme 67

Scheme 68

Scheme 69

Scheme 70

Scheme 71

DIAGNOSTIC TESTS

Note. Before clearing DTCs, perform powertrain diagnostic system check. See DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. Record FREEZE FRAME and FAILURE RECORDS for reference during testing. Data will be erased when DTCs are cleared. If PCM is replaced, NEW PCM must be programmed using special manufacturer's equipment.

Conditions For Running DTC

Engine is running.

Conditions For Setting DTC

PCM detects that the heater control circuit current is greater than 1.25 amps for more than 20 seconds.

Action Taken When DTC Sets

1. The PCM illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The PCM records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the PCM stores this information in the failure records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the PCM records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The PCM writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions For Clearing DTC

1. PCM turns OFF the MIL light after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A current, DTC last test fails, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A DTC stored in history clears after 40 warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. A scan tool can be used to clear the DTC.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Monitor the HO2S 1 Heater Current parameter on a scan tool. Allow the current to stabilize. Is the HO2S 1 Heater Current 0.25-0.85 amp.? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Monitor the scan tool for at least 30 seconds. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 7 .
6. Check for poor connections at the harness connector of the HO2S 1. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 8 .
7. Check for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 9 .
8. Replace HO2S 1. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 10 .
9. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
10. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05400494462003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
11. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0401, P0404, P0405, P0440, P0442, P0446, P1404 or P1441 not set.
2. Engine is running.
3. The ignition 1 signal is 9-18 volts.
4. Throttle Position (TP) sensor angle is less than 25 percent.
5. The change in the TP sensor angle is less than 1.5 percent.
6. MAP sensor is less than 63 kPa.
7. The change in the MAP sensor is less than 3 kPa.
8. Conditions are met for more than 5 seconds.

The PCM detects that the actual MAF sensor frequency signal is not within a predetermined range of the calculated MAF value for more than 10 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Attempt to start engine. Does the engine start? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
3. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Information with the scan tool. Does the scan tool display any other DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S27054058622003060600000) .
5. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the MAP sensor kPa parameter with a scan tool. The MAP sensor pressure should be within the specified range for your altitude. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Is MAP sensor pressure within the specified range as indicated on the Altitude vs Barometric Pressure table? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE or»(ref-155075-S40689064122003060600000) «DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S30912191292003060600000)
6. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. Observe the MAP sensor voltage with a scan tool. Is the MAP sensor voltage 0.8-4.0 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE or»(ref-155075-S40689064122003060600000) «DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S30912191292003060600000) .
7. Idle engine. Observe the MAP sensor kPa with a scan tool. Increase the engine speed slowly to 3000 RPM and then back to idle. Does the MAP sensor kPa change smoothly and gradually through the specified range of the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE or»(ref-155075-S40689064122003060600000) «DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S30912191292003060600000) .
8. Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the TP sensor angle from closed throttle to wide-open throttle. Depress completely and then release the accelerator pedal. Does the scan tool indicate that the TP sensor angle changed smoothly and completely through 0-100%? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DTC P0121: TP SENSOR PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S25298009102003060600000) .
9. Inspect for the following conditions: A restricted or collapsed air intake duct. A dirty or deteriorating air filter element. Any objects blocking the air inlet screen of the MAF sensor. Any debris on the sensing elements of the MAF sensor. Any vacuum leak downstream of the MAF sensor. A poor vacuum connection at the MAP sensor. A skewed or stuck ECT sensor. High resistance in the ground circuit of the ECT sensor. A restricted exhaust system. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
10. Disconnect the MAF sensor harness connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Connect a test light between the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the MAF sensor and a good ground. Connect a DVOM to the probe of the test light and a good ground. Is voltage less than battery voltage? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
11. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the MAF sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
12. Repair the high resistance in the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the MAF sensor. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace MAF sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S23721999402003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. An incorrectly routed harness. Inspect the harness of the MAF sensor in order to verify that it is not routed too close to the following components: The secondary ignition wires or coils. Any solenoids. Any relays. Any motors.
2. A low minimum air rate through the sensor bore may cause this DTC to set at idle or during deceleration. Inspect for any vacuum leaks downstream of the MAF sensor.
3. A wide-open throttle acceleration from a stop should cause the MAF sensor g/s display on the scan tool to increase rapidly. This increase should be from 4-7 g/s at idle to 130 g/s or more at the time of the 1-2 shift. If the increase is not observed, inspect for a restriction in the induction system or the exhaust system.
4. A skewed or stuck TP sensor.
5. A skewed or stuck ECT sensor.
6. The barometric pressure that is used in order to calculate the predicted mass air flow value is initially based on the MAP sensor at key ON. When the engine is running, the MAP sensor value is continually updated near wide-open throttle. A skewed MAP sensor will cause the calculated mass air flow value to be inaccurate. The value shown for the MAP sensor display varies with the altitude. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, 103 kPa is the approximate value near sea level. This value will decrease by approximately 3 kPa for every 1000 feet (305 meters) of altitude.
7. High resistance on the ground circuit of the ECT sensor can cause this DTC to set.
8. High resistance on the ground circuit of the MAP sensor can cause this DTC to set.

Condition may be related to aftermarket accessories. If the condition is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. Engine is running.
2. Idle Air Control (IAC) position is more than 2 counts.
3. Ignition 1 signal is more than 8 volts.
4. Conditions are met for more than 0.5 second.

PCM detects that the MAF sensor frequency signal is less than 1200 Hz.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Observe the MAF sensor frequency with a scan tool. Is the MAF sensor frequency less than 1200 Hz? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S40480179042003060600000) .
4. Observe the MAF sensor frequency with a scan tool. Move the harness and the connector of the MAF sensor. Does the movement of the harness or the connector affect the MAF sensor frequency? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition off. Inspect for the following conditions: A restricted or collapsed air intake duct. A dirty or deteriorating air filter element. Any objects blocking the air inlet screen of the MAF sensor. Any debris on the sensing elements of the MAF sensor. A restricted exhaust system. Any vacuum leak downstream of the MAF sensor. A MAF sensor that is installed backwards. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to next step.
6. Inspect the fuse in the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the MAF sensor. Is the fuse open? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
7. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor. Connect a test light between the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the MAF sensor and a good ground. Connect the DVOM to the probe of the test light and a good ground. Is the voltage less than battery voltage? If yes, go to step 20 . If no, go to next step.
8. Turn ignition off for 60 seconds to allow the control modules to power down. Measure the resistance from the ground circuit of the MAF sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 21 .
9. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the MAF sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 12 .
10. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the signal circuit of the MAF sensor and a good ground. Start engine. Observe the DTC Information with a scan tool. Do any additional DTCs set? If yes, go to step 23 . If no, go to next step.
11. Test the MAF sensor signal circuit for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to step 17 .
12. Is the voltage less than 4.8 volts? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 15 .
13. Test the ignition 1 voltage circuit for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to next step.
14. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Test the signal circuit between the PCM and the MAF sensor for a high resistance, open circuit, or a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to step 16 .
15. Turn ignition off. Disconnect PCM. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the MAF sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more than zero volts? If yes, go to step 22 . If no, go to next step.
16. Measure the resistance from the signal circuit of the MAF sensor to all other circuits at both PCM connectors with a DVOM. Is resistance less than 8 ohms? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 18 .
17. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the MAF sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to step 25 .
18. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 27 . If no, go to step 26 .
19. Repair wiring or the connector as needed. After repairs, go to step 27 .
20. Repair high resistance or open in the MAF sensor ignition 1 voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 27 .
21. Repair high resistance or open in the MAF sensor ground circuit. After repairs, go to step 27 .
22. Repair short to voltage in the MAF sensor signal circuit. After repairs, go to step 27 .
23. Repair short between the MAF sensor signal circuit and the 5-volt reference circuit for which the DTC set. After repairs, go to step 27 .
24. Repair circuits that are shorted together. After repairs, go to step 27 .
25. Replace MAF sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After replacing sensor, go to step 27 .
26. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
27. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S21551635342003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
28. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. An incorrectly routed harness. Inspect the harness of the MAF sensor in order to verify that it is not routed too close to the following components: The secondary ignition wires or coils. Any solenoids. Any relays. Any motors.
2. A low minimum air rate through the sensor bore may cause this DTC to set at idle or during deceleration. Inspect for any vacuum leaks downstream of the MAF sensor.
3. A wide-open throttle acceleration from a stop should cause the MAF sensor g/s display on the scan tool to increase rapidly. This increase should be from 4-7 g/s at idle to 130 g/s or more at the time of the 1-2 shift. If the increase is not observed, inspect for a restriction in the induction system or the exhaust system.
4. A resistance of 20 ohms or more on the ground circuit of the MAF sensor can cause this DTC to set.

Condition may be related to aftermarket accessories. If the condition is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. Engine is running.
2. Idle Air Control (IAC) position is more than 2 counts.
3. Ignition 1 signal is more than 8 volts.
4. Conditions are met for more than 0.5 second.

The PCM detects that the MAF sensor frequency signal is more than 11,500 Hertz.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S27954114312003060600000) .
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the harness connector of the MAF sensor. Start engine. Observe the MAF sensor frequency parameter with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display zero Hz? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to 6 .
4. Turn ignition off. Inspect the harness of the MAF sensor for incorrect routing that is too close to the following components: The secondary ignition wires or the coils. Any solenoids. Any relays. Any motors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step 7 .
5. Turn ignition off. Inspect the air induction system for any water intrusion. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the MAF sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 8 .
7. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 9 .
8. Replace MAF sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 10 .
9. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
10. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S12956321982003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
11. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Any water that enters the air intake system that reaches the MAF sensor could cause this DTC to set. The water rapidly cools the hot sensing elements in the sensor causing a false indication of excessive air flow. Inspect the following areas for evidence of water intrusion: The air induction system. The secondary air injection system (AIR) if equipped.
2. A poor connection in the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the MAF sensor can cause a DTC P0103 to set.

Condition may be related to aftermarket accessories. If the condition is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0121, P0122, or P0123 are not set.
2. Engine is running.
3. Throttle angle is more than zero percent, if the engine speed is less than 1000 RPM.

PCM detects that MAP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 volt for more than 3 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Start engine. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Information using the scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P1635 is current? If yes, see «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, observe the MAP sensor voltage. Does the scan tool indicate that the voltage is less than 0.1 V? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S14618360572003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the MAP sensor electrical connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit of the MAP sensor to a good ground. Does the voltage measure more than 4.4 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the MAP sensor and the signal circuit of the MAP sensor. Does the scan tool indicate that the MAP sensor voltage is near 5 V? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 8 .
7. Test the 5-volt reference circuit of the MAP sensor for a short to ground or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the signal circuit of the MAP sensor for a short to ground or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Inspect for poor connections at the MAP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace MAP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S14618360572003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0121, P0122 or P0123 not set.
2. Engine has been running for a length of time that is determined by the start-up coolant temperature. The length of time ranges from 2 minutes at less than -22°F (-30°C) to 1 second at more than 86°F (30°C).
3. The throttle angle is less than 2 percent when the engine speed is less than 3000 RPM; or the throttle angle is less than 30 percent when the engine speed is more than 3000 RPM.

MAP sensor voltage is more than 4.3 volts for more than 3 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Start engine. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Information using the scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P1635 also set? If yes, see «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the TP sensor parameter with a scan tool. Depress accelerator pedal slowly until throttle is in the wide-open position. Release accelerator pedal slowly until throttle is returned to the closed position. Repeat this procedure several times. Does the TP sensor parameter increase steadily to more than 98 percent, and then decrease steadily returning to less one percent? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DTC P0121: TP SENSOR PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S25298009102003060600000) .
4. Start engine. Observe the MAP sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is voltage more than 4.3 volts? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
6. Turn ignition off. Inspect the MAP sensor and the vacuum source for the following conditions: Vacuum line disconnected from the MAP sensor. Vacuum line pinched or cut. Blocked port. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
7. Disconnect the MAP sensor electrical connector. Turn the ignition ON, with the engine OFF. Does the scan tool indicate that the MAP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 9 .
8. Disconnect the electrical connector of the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor. Connect a test light to battery voltage. Probe the low reference circuit of the MAP sensor with the test light. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Test the signal circuit of the MAP sensor for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test the low reference circuit of the MAP sensor for an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Inspect for poor connections at the MAP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Replace MAP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 15 .
14. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
15. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20421995882003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
16. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Inspect the MAP sensor vacuum source for leaks, restrictions, or poor connections.
2. If an intermittent condition exists, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0502, or P0503 not set.
2. Engine run time is more than 10 seconds.
3. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) indicates that vehicle speed is more than 25 MPH.

The IAT is more than 253°F (123°C) for 20 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the IAT sensor temperature with a scan tool. Is the IAT sensor temperature more than 262°F (128°C)? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S40493595262003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IAT sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the IAT sensor temperature with a scan tool. Is the IAT sensor temperature less than -38°F (-39°C)? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the signal circuit of the IAT sensor for a short to ground or a short to IAT low reference circuit and repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the IAT sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Replace IAT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 10 .
8. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Inspect for poor connection at the PCM harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
9. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
10. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
11. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. When the vehicle is at ambient temperature, the IAT sensor and ECT sensor temperatures should be relatively close to each other. See «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article.
2. If an intermittent condition exists, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0502, or P0503 not set.
2. Engine run time is more than 180 seconds.
3. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) indicates that vehicle speed is less than 35 MPH.
4. Mass Airflow (MAF) is less than 12 g/s.
5. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 140°F (60°C).

PCM detects that the IAT sensor signal voltage indicates that the intake air temperature is less than -38°F (-39°C) for more than 3 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the IAT sensor temperature with a scan tool. Is the IAT sensor temperature less than -36°F (-38°C)? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, see problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IAT sensor. Connect a Digital Multimeter (DVOM) between the signal circuit and the low reference circuit of the IAT sensor harness. Turn ON the ignition. Does the DVOM voltage measure more than 5 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test the signal circuit for a short to voltage. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S19537240902003060600000) .
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IAT sensor. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the signal circuit of the IAT sensor and the low reference circuit at the IAT sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the IAT sensor temperature with a scan tool. Is the IAT sensor temperature more than 262°F (128°C)? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
7. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the signal circuit of the IAT sensor and a known-good ground. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the IAT sensor temperature with a scan tool. Is the IAT sensor temperature more than 262°F (128°C)? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
8. Test the signal circuit of the IAT sensor for an open circuit or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
9. Test the IAT sensor low reference circuit for high resistance or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test the IAT signal circuit for a short to any 5-volt reference circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
11. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the IAT sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Repair the connections as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Replace IAT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 15 .
14. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
15. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22275349672003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
16. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. When the vehicle is at ambient temperature the IAT sensor and ECT sensor temperatures should be relatively close to each other. See «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article.
2. If a short to a separate 5-volt source occurs, this DTC may set. If this condition exists, a continuity test to all other PCM 5-volt reference circuits will be necessary.
3. If an intermittent condition exists, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. The ignition is ON.
2. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0125, P0128, P0601, P0602, P1621, or P1683 not set.
3. The vehicle has a minimum soak time (ignition off) of 8 hours.

If the PCM detects a temperature difference between the ECT sensor and the IAT sensor of more than 27°F, the vehicle must be driven for 5 minutes over 15 MPH. If the IAT sensor temperature decreases more than 12.6°F, a block heater is detected and the test is aborted. If the IAT sensor temperature does not decrease, a block heater was not detected and DTC P0116 sets; or the temperature difference between the ECT and the IAT at start up is greater than 252°F (140°C), and the time spent cranking the engine, without starting, is greater than 10 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is cooling system low on coolant? If yes, repair and refill cooling system. If no, go to next step.
3. Observe and record the ambient air temperature of the vehicle environment using an accurate thermometer. After checking temperature, go to next step.
4. Has the engine been OFF for at least 8 hours? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
5. Remove the IAT sensor. Remove the ECT sensor. Place sensors on a work surface away from any heat source. Allow the sensors to reach the ambient air temperature for 30-60 minutes, then go to next step.
6. Connect the IAT sensor to the electrical connector, but DO NOT install it. Insulate sensor from any engine heat source. Connect the ECT sensor to the electrical connector, but DO NOT install it. Insulate sensor from any engine heat source, then go to next step.
7. Turn ON the ignition. Using scan tool, take a snapshot of the Engine Data List. Review the snapshot data that was taken with the scan tool. Observe the ECT Sensor parameter with a scan tool. Observe the IAT Sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is the difference between the ECT sensor parameter and IAT sensor parameter more than 27°F? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
8. Observe the recorded IAT Sensor parameter. Is the difference between the IAT Sensor parameter and the ambient air temperature less than 14°F? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 10 .
9. Observe the recorded ECT Sensor parameter. Is the difference between the ECT Sensor parameter and the ambient air temperature less than 14°F? If yes, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to step 12 .
10. Disconnect the IAT sensor. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the IAT sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to next step.
11. Using a DVOM, measure sensor resistance between the IAT signal and IAT low reference terminals record the value. Observe the recorded ambient air temperature. Compare the resistance measurement of the IAT sensor to the ambient air temperature using the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Is resistance within the specified range? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 22 .
12. Disconnect the ECT sensor. Inspect ECT sensor for leaking engine coolant internally through the sensor, corrosion on ECT sensor terminals, or corrosion on ECT harness connector terminals. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to next step.
13. Using DVOM, measure sensor resistance between the ECT signal and ECT low reference terminals and record the value. Observe the recorded ambient air temperature. Compare the resistance measurement of the ECT sensor to the ambient air temperature using the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Is resistance measurement of the ECT sensor within the specified range? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 23 .
14. Measure the voltage from the IAT signal circuit to a good ground with a DVOM. Is voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 17 .
15. Measure the voltage from the ECT signal circuit to a good ground with a DVOM. Is voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to step 19 .
16. Turn ignition off for 90 seconds to allow the control modules to power down. Measure the resistance from the low reference circuit of the IAT sensor to a good ground. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? If yes, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to step 18 .
17. Test the IAT signal circuit for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to step 20 .
18. Test the IAT low reference circuit for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to step 20 .
19. Test the ECT signal circuit for a high resistance short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to step 21 .
20. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to step 24 .
21. Test for shorted terminals and poor connections at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 25 . If no, go to step 24 .
22. Replace IAT sensor. After replacing sensor, go to step 25 .
23. Replace ECT sensor. After replacing sensor, go to step 25 .
24. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
25. Reassemble components as necessary. After reassembly, go to next step.
26. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39894604652003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
27. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTC P0116 is designed to detect an ECT sensor that is skewed high.
2. An IAT sensor that is skewed could cause this DTC to set.
3. When checking the ECT sensor, the Temperature vs Resistance table should be used in order to determine if a skewed sensor is the problem. See «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article.
4. If the engine has been allowed to sit overnight, the ECT and IAT temperature should be within the calculated amount.

Engine is running.

PCM detects that the ECT sensor parameter is more than 282°F (139°C) for more than 15 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Connect a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the ECT sensor temperature display. Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT sensor temperature is greater than 280°F (138°C)? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S34121065732003060600000) . Does the DTC reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S33235034032003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the ECT sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the ECT sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is the ECT sensor parameter less than -36°F (-38°C)? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the signal circuit of the ECT sensor for a short to ground or a short to the ECT low reference circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ECT sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Replace ECT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 10 .
8. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
9. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
10. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S34121065732003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
11. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. An overheating condition may cause this DTC to set.
2. After starting the engine, the ECT sensor temperature should rise steadily to about 194°F (90°C) then stabilize after the thermostat opens.
3. Use the Temperature vs. Resistance table in order to test the ECT sensor at various temperature levels in order to evaluate the possibility of a skewed sensor. A skewed sensor could result in poor driveability concerns. See «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article.
4. If the malfunction is not present at this time, See «DTC P1114: ECT SENSOR CIRCUIT - INTERMITTENT LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S27016047552003060600000) .
5. If an intermittent condition exists, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Engine is running.

PCM detect that the ECT sensor temperature is less than -36°F (-38°C) for more than 15 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Connect a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the ECT sensor temperature. Does the scan tool indicate that the ECT sensor temperature is less than -36°F (-38°C)? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20344246642003060600000) . Does the DTC reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor. Measure voltage from the signal circuit of the ECT sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more than 5.2 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test the ECT signal circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 12 .
6. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper between the signal circuit of the ECT sensor and the low reference circuit. Observe the ECT sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is ECT sensor parameter more than 280°F (138°C)? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the signal circuit of the ECT sensor and a good ground. Observe the ECT sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is the ECT sensor parameter more than 280°F (138°C)? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
8. Test the signal circuit of the ECT sensor for a high resistance or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
9. Test the ECT sensor low reference circuit for a high resistance or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test the ECT signal circuit for a short to any 5-volt reference circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
11. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ECT sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Turn ignition off. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM harness connector. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Replace ECT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 15 .
14. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
15. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20344246642003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
16. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0122, or P0123 not set.
2. Engine is running for more than 2 minutes.
3. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 167°F (75°C).
4. MAP is less than 50 kPa for a TP sensor skewed high test.
5. MAP is more than 70 kPa for a TP sensor skewed low test.
6. MAP is steady for 5 seconds or more.

1. PCM detects that the TP sensor reading is more than a predicted value when the MAP is less than 50 kPa.
2. PCM detects that the TP sensor reading is less than a predicted value when the MAP is more than 70 kPa.
3. Conditions are present for 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Inspect for any vacuum hoses that are disconnected, damaged or incorrectly routed MAP sensor vacuum hose, disconnected, damaged or restrictions in the MAP sensor vacuum source, or check for any intake manifold vacuum leaks. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to next step.
3. Do you have access to another vehicle in which the MAP sensor pressure can be observed with a scan tool? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the MAP sensor pressure with a scan tool. Observe the MAP sensor pressure in the known-good vehicle with a scan tool. Compare the values. Is the difference between the values less than 3 kPa? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P1106: MAP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S28132885892003060600000) or «DTC P1107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S31083913982003060600000) .
5. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the MAP sensor pressure with a scan tool. The MAP sensor pressure should be within the range specified for your altitude. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Does the MAP sensor indicate the correct barometric pressure? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P1106: MAP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S28132885892003060600000) or «DTC P1107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S31083913982003060600000) .
6. Observe the MAP sensor pressure with a scan tool. Start engine. Does the MAP sensor pressure change? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose MAP sensor. See «DTC P1106: MAP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S28132885892003060600000) or «DTC P1107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S31083913982003060600000) .
7. Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is the voltage less than 0.90 volt with throttle in the closed position? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 9 .
8. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Depress the accelerator pedal slowly until the throttle is in the wide-open position. Release accelerator pedal slowly until the throttle is returned to the closed position. Repeat this procedure several times. Does the TP sensor parameter increase steadily to more than 98 percent, and then decrease steadily returning to less than one percent? If yes, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to step 10 .
9. Inspect the throttle body for binding or damaged throttle blade, or for binding or damaged throttle cable. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to next step.
10. Disconnect the TP sensor electrical connector. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is the voltage less than 0.1 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 15 .
11. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more than 5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
12. Probe the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor with a test light connected to a good ground. Is the test light OFF? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
13. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor and signal circuit of the TP sensor. Observe the TP sensor parameter with scan tool. Is voltage more than 4.9 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 18 .
14. Turn ignition off. Remove the jumper wire. Connect a jumper wire between each of the terminals in the TP sensor harness connector and the corresponding terminal at the TP sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the low reference circuit of the TP sensor at the jumper wire terminal to a good ground with a DVOM. Is voltage more than 0.2 volt? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 20 .
15. Test the TP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and the TP sensor for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 23 .
16. Test all of the branches of the 5-volt reference circuit that are shared with the TP sensor for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 23 .
17. Test the 5-volt reference circuit between the PCM and the TP sensor for an open or for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 21 .
18. Test the TP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and the TP sensor for a short to ground, open, or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 21 .
19. Test the low reference circuit between the PCM and the TP sensor for an open or for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 21 .
20. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the TP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 22 .
21. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 24 . If no, go to step 23 .
22. Replace TP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 24 .
23. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
24. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S15423776832003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
25. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The ignition is ON.

PCM detects that the TP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 volt for more than one second.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Monitor the DTC information with the scan tool. Is DTC P1635 also set? If yes, go to «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is the voltage less than 0.1 volt? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S09773392752003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DTC P1122: TP SENSOR CIRCUIT - INTERMITTENT LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S10369643332003060600000) .
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the TP sensor electrical connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Is the test light OFF? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor and the signal circuit of the TP sensor. Observe the TP sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is the voltage more than 4.9 volts? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 8 .
7. Test the 5-volt reference circuit between the PCM and TP sensor for an open or for a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the TP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and TP sensor for a short to ground, open, or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the TP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace TP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S09773392752003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The ignition is ON.

PCM detects that the TP sensor voltage is more than 4.9 volts for more than one second.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Monitor the DTC information with the scan tool. Is DTC P1635 also set? If yes, go to «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is the voltage more than 4.9 volts? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S38833236092003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DTC P1121: TP SENSOR CIRCUIT - INTERMITTENT HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S05733038172003060600000) .
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the TP sensor electrical connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the TP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Is the voltage less than 0.1 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Turn ignition off. Connect a jumper wire between each of the terminals in the TP sensor harness connector and the corresponding terminal at the TP sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the low reference circuit of the TP sensor at the jumper wire terminal to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more than 0.2 volt? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Test the TP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and TP sensor for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
8. Test the low reference circuit between the PCM and the TP sensor for an open or for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the TP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace TP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S38833236092003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Engine run time is 120-440 seconds.
2. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, or P0118 not set.
3. The minimum Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 19°F (-7°C) or more.
4. The start-up coolant temperature is -40 to 104°F (-40 to 40°C).
5. Accumulated Mass Airflow (MAF) is 1252-5670 grams.

1. Calibrated amount of engine run time has been met.
2. Calibrated amount of air flow has been met.
3. The minimum ECT for closed loop operation of 59°F (15°C) has not been met.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is cooling system low on coolant? If yes, locate and repair source of coolant loss and refill system. If no, go to next step.
3. Test and verify the proper operation of the thermostat. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor. Inspect for corrosion on ECT sensor terminals, improper or corroded terminals at the ECT harness connector, or loose terminals in ECT harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
5. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the ECT sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
6. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the ECT sensor to the low reference circuit of the ECT sensor with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the ECT sensor low reference circuit for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
8. Test the ECT sensor signal circuit for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
9. Turn ignition off. Remove the ECT sensor. Place sensor on a work surface away from any heat source. Allow the sensor to reach the ambient air temperature for 30-60 minutes. Observe and record the ambient air temperature of the vehicle environment using an accurate thermometer. DO NOT hold the ECT sensor by the probe. Measure the resistance of the ECT sensor and record the value. Compare the resistance measurement of the ECT sensor to the ambient air temperature on the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Is resistance measurement of the ECT sensor within the specified range? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 12 .
10. Install the ECT sensor. After replacing sensor, check for intermittent conditions. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
11. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Replace ECT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S40134799462003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Engine is running.
2. DTCs P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, or P0118 not set.
3. ECT is -40°F (-40°C) or more.
4. ECT is less than 172°F (78°C).
5. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 19°F (-7°C) or more.
6. Engine is running more than 2 minutes and less than 30 minutes.
7. Vehicle speed is more than 15 MPH for more than one mile.
8. Mass Airflow (MAF) average reading is more than 15 g/s.

PCM detects the following

1. Calibrated amount of engine run time has been met.
2. Calibrated amount of engine air flow has been met.
3. Calibrated vehicle speed and distance have been met.
4. Calibrated ECT of 176°F (80°C) has not been met.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is the cooling system low on coolant? If yes, locate and repair source of coolant loss and refill system. If no, go to next step.
3. Test and verify the proper operation of the thermostat. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor. Inspect for corrosion on the ECT sensor terminals, improper or corroded terminals at ECT harness connector, or loose terminals in ECT harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
5. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the ECT sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
6. Measure the voltage from the signal circuit of the ECT sensor to the low reference circuit of the ECT sensor with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the ECT sensor low reference circuit for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
8. Test the ECT sensor signal circuit for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
9. Turn ignition off. Remove ECT sensor. Place sensor on a work surface away from any heat source. Allow the sensor to reach the ambient air temperature for 30-60 minutes. Observe and record the ambient air temperature of the vehicle environment using an accurate thermometer. DO NOT hold the ECT sensor by the probe. Measure the resistance of the ECT sensor and record the value. Compare the resistance measurement of the ECT sensor to the ambient air temperature on the Temperature vs. Resistance table. Refer to «SENSOR OPERATING RANGE CHARTS - TRUCKS»(ref-159155) article. Is resistance measurement of the ECT sensor within specified range? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 12 .
10. Install the ECT sensor. After replacing sensor, check for intermittent conditions. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
11. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Replace ECT sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39886576122003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P1133, P1134, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine has been running for at least 4 minutes.
3. Mass Airflow (MAF) is 8-35 g/s.
4. Engine speed is 550-3000 RPM.
5. Throttle angle is 3-35 percent.
6. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
7. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 158°F (70°C).

The PCM detects an active sensor with an improper voltage signal amplitude.

1. The PCM illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The PCM records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the PCM stores this information in the failure records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the PCM records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The PCM writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The PCM turns off the MIL light after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A current, DTC last test fails, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A DTC stored in history clears after 40 warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. A scan tool can be used to clear the DTC.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Does the HO2S 1 voltage fluctuate rapidly above and below 350-550 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05979691482003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the high signal circuit of the HO2S 1 harness connector, on the engine side, to a good ground with a DVOM. Is HO2S voltage 0.425-0.500 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 1 high signal circuit, and HO2S 1 low signal circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect both PCM connectors. Measure the resistance of each of the following circuits with a DVOM: HO2S 1 high signal circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low signal circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference circuit between pin C1-29 and pin C2- 80 of the PCM connectors. Is the resistance of each circuit less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 11 .
7. Remove the jumper wire from the previous step. Connect a test light between the HO2S 1 ignition voltage circuit and the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit terminals, on the engine harness side. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 of «DTC P0135: HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT - SENSOR 1»(ref-155075-S21698641002003060600000) .
8. Inspect for the following that may affect the HO2S operation: HO2S for contamination. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. EVAP system malfunction. Incorrect fuel pressure. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the harness connector of the HO2S 1. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair open or high resistance on the affected circuit. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05979691482003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
3. The Closed Loop commanded air/fuel ratio is between 12.1-16.5:1.
4. Throttle angle is 3-35 percent.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage is less than 140 mV for more than 30 seconds.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage is less than 600 mV during Power Enrichment (PE) mode for more than 10 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With a scan tool, observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Is the HO2S 1 voltage remain less than 175 mV? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S11989458352003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Does the HO2S voltage read less than 175 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test the HO2S 1 high signal circuit for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the oxygen sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
7. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the HO2S 1. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 9 .
8. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 11 .
10. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
11. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S11989458352003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to step.
12. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Ignition voltage is 9-18 volts.
3. Throttle angle is 3-40 percent.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage is more than 890 mV for more than 30 seconds.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage is more than 200 mV during Decel Fuel Cut-Off (DFCO) for more than 15 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With a scan tool, observe the HO2S 1 voltage. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Is the HO2S voltage more than 975 mV? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S16472554092003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Does the HO2S 1 voltage remain more than 975 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test the HO2S 1 high signal circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation. NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the oxygen sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
7. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the harness connector of the HO2S 1. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 9 .
8. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 11 .
10. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
11. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S16472554092003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
12. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0201-P0208, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P1133, P1134, or P1441 not set.
2. Vehicle is not in Park or Neutral.
3. Engine run time is more than 4 minutes.
4. Loop Status parameter is closed.
5. Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor parameter is 13-30 g/s.
6. Engine speed is 1300-3000 RPM.
7. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is more than 158°F (70°C).
8. System voltage is between 9-18 volts.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 rich-to-lean transition time takes longer than 105 milliseconds.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 lean-to-rich transition time takes longer than 95 milliseconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Does the HO2S 1 voltage fluctuate rapidly above and below 350-550 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S12050760202003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the high signal circuit of the HO2S 1 harness connector, on the engine side, to a good ground with a Digital Volt-Ohmmeter (DVOM). Is the HO2S voltage 0.425-0.500 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 1 high signal circuit, and the HO2S 1 low reference circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect both PCM connectors. Measure the resistance of each of the following circuits with a DVOM: HO2S 1 high signal circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference loop between pin C1-29 and pin C2-80 of the PCM connectors. Is the resistance of each circuit less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 11 .
7. Remove the jumpers from the HO2S 1 terminals. Connect a test light between the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit, and heater low control circuit terminals on the engine harness side. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DTC P0135: HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT - SENSOR 1»(ref-155075-S21698641002003060600000) .
8. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the oxygen sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the HO2S 1 harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the HO2S 1 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair circuit that measured a high resistance or an open. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace HO2S 1. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S12050760202003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine has been running for at least 4 minutes.
3. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 signal voltage remains between 382-525 mV for more than 30 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Does the HO2S 1 voltage fluctuate rapidly above and below 350-550 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S35019406732003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the high signal circuit of the HO2S 1 harness connector, on the engine side, to a good ground with a Digital Volt-Ohmmeter (DVOM). Is the HO2S 1 voltage measure within 0.425-0.500 V? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 1 high signal circuit, and the HO2S 1 low reference circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect both PCM connectors. Measure the resistance of each of the following circuits with a DVOM: HO2S 1 high signal circuit between HO2S connector and PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference circuit between HO2S connector and PCM connector. Low reference loop between pin C1-29 and pin C2-80 of PCM connectors. Is the resistance of each circuit less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 11 .
7. Remove the jumpers from the HO2S 1 terminals. Connect a test light between the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit, and heater low control circuit terminals on the engine harness side. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DTC P0135: HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT - SENSOR 1»(ref-155075-S21698641002003060600000) .
8. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the Oxygen Sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
9. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the HO2S 1 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair circuit that measured a high resistance or an open. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S35019406732003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine run time parameter is more than 3 minutes.
3. ECT Sensor parameter is more than 158°F (65°C).
4. Engine speed parameter is 650-2500 RPM.
5. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
6. Mass Airflow (MAF) is 4-26 g/s.

PCM detects that the 02 Heater Current parameter is less than 0.25 amp or more than 0.90 amp.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Monitor the HO2S 1 Heater Current parameter on a scan tool. Allow the current to stabilize. Is the HO2S 1 Heater Current 0.25-0.85 amp.? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S07538973812003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Disconnect the HO2S 1 electrical connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit at the HO2S 1 electrical connector, on the PCM harness side, with a test light connected to ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the HO2S 1 heater ignition voltage fuse. Is the fuse open? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 15 .
6. Turn ignition off. Connect a test light between the HO2S 1 ignition 1 voltage circuit and the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
7. Leave the test light connected between the HO2S 1 heater ignition voltage circuit and the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit. Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 12 .
8. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM connector containing the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit. Measure the resistance of the HO2S heater low control circuit between the PCM harness connector, and the HO2S harness connector using a Digital Volt-Ohmmeter (DVOM). Is the resistance 0-5 ohms? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 14 .
9. Test the HO2S 1 heater low control circuit for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 13 .
10. Test the HO2S 1 heater ignition voltage circuit for a short to ground and replace fuse. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
11. Measure the resistance from the HO2S ignition 1 voltage circuit, on the sensor side of the HO2S harness connector, to each of the following circuits: HO2S low reference circuit and ground circuit. Is resistance less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, problem is intermittent. Refer to «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
12. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the HO2S 1 harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 16 .
13. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 17 .
14. Repair open or high resistance in the HO2S heater low control circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
15. Repair the open or high resistance in the HO2S ignition 1 voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
16. Replace HO2S 1. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 18 .
17. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
18. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S07538973812003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
19. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
3. Loop status is closed.
4. Air/fuel ratio is 12.0-16.5:1.
5. Throttle sensor parameter is 3-40 percent.

PCM detects that the HO2S 2 signal voltage remains less than 74 mV during Closed Loop operation, for more than 2.5 minutes.

PCM detects that the HO2S 2 signal voltage remains less than 550 mV during Power Enrichment (PE) mode for more than 16 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Vary the engine speed from idle to 3000 RPM several times within 5 seconds. Did the HO2S 2 voltage remain below 30 mV? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
3. Is the HO2S 2 voltage within 425-475 mV? If yes, go to step 4 of «DTC P0140: HO2S CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT ACTIVITY (BANK 1; SENSOR 2)»(ref-155075-S37322828512003060600000) . If no, next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 2 connector. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 2 low signal circuit, on the engine harness side, and a good ground. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Is HO2S voltage less than 30 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Test the HO2S 2 high signal circuit for an open or high resistance condition. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a White powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the oxygen sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
8. Inspect for poor connections at the HO2S 2 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Replace HO2S 2. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S14752516472003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
3. Closed Loop commanded air/fuel ratio is 14.5-14.8:1.
4. Throttle angle is 3-40 percent.

PCM detects that the HO2S 2 voltage is more than 920 mV for more than 2 minutes during Closed Loop operation.

PCM detects that the HO2S 2 voltage is more than 200 mV during Decel Fuel Cut-Off (DFCO) for more than 30 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Did DTC P0140 also set? If yes, see «DTC P0140: HO2S CIRCUIT - INSUFFICIENT ACTIVITY (BANK 1; SENSOR 2)»(ref-155075-S37322828512003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Vary the engine speed from idle to 3000 RPM several times within 5 seconds. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Did the HO2S 2 voltage remain more than 920 mV? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S18981146302003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 2 connector. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 2 low signal circuit and a good ground. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Does the HO2S voltage read more than 975 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Test the HO2S 2 high signal circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes go to step 12 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the Oxygen Sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
8. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the HO2S 2 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Replace HO2S 2. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S18981146302003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine run time is longer than 2 minutes.
3. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
4. The diagnostic runs once per trip.
5. There is a TP sensor angle change of more than 8 percent at least 5 times during the test period.

PCM detects that the HO2S 2 signal voltage remains between 408-512 mV for more than 5 minutes.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze/Frame Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Vary the engine speed from idle to 3000 RPM several times within 5 seconds. Does the HO2S 2 voltage fluctuate above and below 375-475 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08838885332003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Disconnect the HO2S 2 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 2 low signal circuit and a good ground. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 2 high signal circuit and a good ground. Observe the HO2S 2 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Does the HO2S 2 voltage measure less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Leave the HO2S 2 disconnected. Measure the resistance of the HO2S 2 high signal circuit. Measure the resistance of the HO2S 2 low signal circuit. Is the resistance 0-5 ohms? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to step 9 .
6. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the oxygen sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
7. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the HO2S 2 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Inspect for intermittent or poor connections at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
9. Repair signal circuit that has an open or high resistance. After repairs, go to step 12 .
10. Replace HO2S 2. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08838885332003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Start-up Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is less than 35°F (2°C) at start-up.
3. Start-up Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is less than 35°F (2°C) at start-up.
4. IAT and ECT are within 11°F (6°C) of each other at start-up.
5. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

PCM detects that HO2S 2 voltage remains within 150 mV of the bias voltage about 450 mV for a longer amount of time. The amount of time ranges between 100-130 seconds depending on ECT at start-up and average Mass Airflow (MAF) since start-up.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. Control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Monitor HO2S 2 voltage on the scan tool. Does the HO2S 2 voltage go to above or below the previously stabilized voltage, by at least 100 mV within 2 minutes? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39613882272003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 2 electrical connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Connect a test light between the HO2S 2 heater ignition voltage circuit, in the harness side of the HO2S connector, and ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a test light between the HO2S 2 heater ignition voltage circuit, in the harness side of the HO2S connector, and the HO2S 2 heater ground circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to step 10 .
6. Test the HO2S 2 heater ignition voltage circuit fuse for an open. Did you find an open fuse? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the HO2S 2 harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
8. Repair short to ground in the HO2S 2 heater ignition voltage circuit and replace the fuse. After repairs, go to step 12 .
9. Repair open or high resistance condition in the HO2S 2 heater ignition voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 12 .
10. Repair open or high resistance condition in the HO2S 2 heater ground circuit. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace HO2S 2. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39613882272003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101-P0103, P0107, P0108, P0121- P0123 , P0130-P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0201-P0206, P0300, P0401, P0403-P0405, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0446, P0506, P0507, P1404, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 68-230°F (20-110°C).
3. Intake air temperature is 64-158°F (18-70°C).
4. Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) is 15-105 kPa.
5. Vehicle speed is less than 82 MPH.
6. Engine speed is 550-4000 RPM.
7. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 70 kPa.
8. Mass Airflow (MAF) is 2.8-150.0 g/s.
9. Fuel level is more than 10 percent.

1. The average long term fuel trim cell value is more than 20 percent.
2. Condition present for 6 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Connect scan tool. Start and idle engine at the normal operating temperature in closed loop. Record the long term fuel trim. Turn OFF the engine. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Review the Freeze Frame Records/Failure Records and record displayed data for this DTC. Does the scan tool indicate that the Fuel Trim Index is greater than 23 percent? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S32225509752003060600000) .
3. Operate engine at idle. Using scan tool, observe the O2S parameters. Does the scan tool indicate that the values are 200-800 mv and fluctuating? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Turn OFF the engine. Inspect the following items: Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections. Ensure that the vehicle has sufficient fuel in tank. If fuel pressure is too low, this DTC may set. Fuel contamination. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn OFF the engine. Check the HO2S for proper installation. Check to ensure electrical connectors and wires are secured and not contacting the exhaust system. Check for short between the signal circuit and low reference circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, diagnose fuel system. See «FUEL SYSTEMS»(ref-152619-S32565021802003021700000) in BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
6. Operate engine at idle. Check for missing, loose, or leaking exhaust components. Check for vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, throttle body, and injector O-rings. Check the air induction system and air intake ducts for leaks. Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system for leaks, improper air delivery, shut-off valve not closing. Check crankcase ventilation system for leaks. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to next step. If no, see appropriate article in ENGINES.
7. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S06341392832003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
8. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. The system will go lean if an injector is not supplying enough fuel.
2. A lean condition could be present during high fuel demand due to a fuel pump that does not pump enough fuel.
3. Fuel contamination, such as water and alcohol will effect the fuel trim.
4. Use a scan tool in order to review the Failure Records. If an intermittent condition is suspected, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0101-P0103, P0107, P0108, P0121-P0123, P0130-P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0201-P0206, P0300, P0401 , P0403-P0405, P0410, P0412, P0418, P0440, P0442, P0446, P0506, P0507, P1404, or P1441 not set.
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 68-230°F (20-110°C).
3. Intake air temperature is 64-158°F (18-70°C).
4. Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) is 15-105 kPa.
5. Vehicle speed is less than 82 MPH.
6. Engine speed is 550-4000 RPM.
7. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 70 kPa.
8. Mass Airflow (MAF) is 2.8-150 g/s.
9. Fuel level is more than 10 percent.

1. The average long term fuel trim value is less than -13 percent.
2. Condition present for 40 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install scan tool. Start and idle the engine at the normal operating temperature in Closed Loop. Record the long term fuel trim data. Turn OFF the engine. Turn ON ignition, with the engine OFF. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records and record displayed data for this DTC. Does the scan tool indicate that the Fuel Trim Index is less than -13%? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S07804641832003060600000) .
3. Operate the engine at idle. Observe O2S parameters with a scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the values are 200-800 mV and fluctuating? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Turn OFF the engine. Visually and physically inspect the following items: The inlet screen of the Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor for blockage. Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and proper connections. The air intake duct for being collapsed or restricted. The air filter for being dirty or restricted. Check for objects blocking the throttle body. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn OFF the engine. Inspect the HO2S for proper installation. Ensure electrical connectors and wires are secured and not contacting the exhaust system. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, diagnose fuel system. See «FUEL SYSTEMS»(ref-152619-S32565021802003021700000) in BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
6. Inspect for the following conditions: Excessive fuel in the crankcase. Evaporative emissions control system. Fuel pressure regulator for proper operation. Ensure that all injectors are functioning properly. Perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to next step. If no, see appropriate article in ENGINES.
7. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S34733224262003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
8. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Fuel contamination, such as water and alcohol, will affect fuel trim.
2. A malfunctioning MAF sensor can cause a rich condition and set this DTC. See «DTC P0101: MAF SENSOR PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S19519037272003060600000) .
3. Using a scan tool, review the Failure Records. If an intermittent condition is suspected, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. Engine is running.
2. Ignition voltage is 9-18 volts.

1. PCM detects an incorrect voltage on the fuel injector control circuit.
2. Condition exists for 30 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Idle the engine at the normal operating temperature. Monitor the misfire current counters with a scan tool. Are any of the misfire current counters incrementing? If yes, go to step 4 . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the observed parameters of the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39864327752003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S15173746792003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the fuel injector harness multi-way connector. Jumper the 3 CMP sensor circuits between the fuel injector harness multi-way connections. Probe the appropriate fuel injector control circuit, PCM side, with a test light connected to battery voltage. Crank engine. Does the test light blink when cranking the engine? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Does the test light remain illuminated at all times? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test the control circuit of the fuel injector for a short to voltage or an open between the multi-way connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 14 .
7. Test the control circuit of the fuel injector for a short to ground between the multi-way connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 17 .
8. Inspect the accessible fuel injector jumper harness between the multi-way connector and the plenum for the following conditions: Poor connections at the multi-way connector. Damaged or pinched wiring. Broken wires inside the insulation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
9. Remove the upper intake. Probe the appropriate fuel injector control circuit, fuel injector side, at the multi-way connector, with a test light connected to battery voltage. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
10. With a DVOM, test for continuity between the ignition voltage terminal and the appropriate fuel injector control circuit terminal, at the multi-way connector. Does the DVOM indicate OL? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 13 .
11. Test the control circuit of the fuel injector for an open, or poor connections at the fuel injector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
12. Test the ignition voltage circuit of the fuel injector for an open between the fuel injector and the splice. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 16 .
13. Test the control circuit of the fuel injector for a short to voltage, or a short to another circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 16 .
14. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 17 .
15. Repair the short to ground in the fuel injector control circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
16. Replace the appropriate fuel injector. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 18 .
17. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
18. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S39864327752003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
19. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Performing the Fuel Injector Coil test may help isolate an intermittent condition. See «FUEL INJECTOR COIL TEST»(ref-153136-S02728456852003031900000) under FUEL SYSTEMS in SYSTEM & COMPONENT TESTING - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
2. For an intermittent condition, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. Ignition is ON.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

1. PCM detects an incorrect voltage on the control circuit of the fuel pump relay.
2. Condition exists for less than one second.

1. The control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Command the fuel pump ON and OFF with a scan tool. Does the fuel pump relay turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S17905508272003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the fuel pump relay. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the control circuit of the fuel pump relay with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Command the fuel pump ON and OFF with a scan tool. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Connect a test light between the control circuit of the fuel pump relay and the ground circuit of the relay. Use the scan tool in order to command the fuel pump ON and OFF. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 11 .
6. Does the test light remain illuminated with each command? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a short to ground or for an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the control circuit of the fuel pump relay for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Inspect for poor connections at the fuel pump relay. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connectors of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair the ground circuit of the relay. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace fuel pump relay. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S17905508272003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0336, P0341, P0502, P0503, P1106, P1107, P1114, P1115, P1121, P1122, P1336, P1351, P1352, P1361, P1362, or P1374 not set.
2. Engine speed is at least 525-5900 RPM.
3. Ignition voltage is 9-18 volts.
4. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 21-255°F (-7 and 125°C).
5. Fuel level is more than 10 percent.
6. TP sensor angle is steady within one percent.
7. ABS and traction control system are not active.
8. Transmission is not changing gears.
9. A/C clutch is not changing states.
10. PCM is not in fuel shut-off or decel fuel cut-off mode.
11. PCM is not receiving a rough road signal.

The PCM is detecting a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed mandated standard.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle or operate within the conditions listed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Monitor all of the Misfire Current counters with the scan tool. Are any of the Misfire Current counters incrementing? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S20418250582003060900000) .
3. Are any other DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
4. Can any abnormal engine noise be heard? If yes, diagnose for an engine mechanical problem. If no, go to next step.
5. Observe the Misfire History Cyl# parameter with a scan tool. Does more than one cylinder indicate a large count value for the Misfire History Cyl# parameter? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
6. Are the Misfire History Cyl# counts indicated for companion cylinders 1/4 or 2/5 or 3/6? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Inspect vacuum hoses and seals for splits, restrictions, and improper connections. Inspect throttle body and intake manifold for vacuum leaks, crankcase ventilation system for vacuum leaks, or EGR system components for vacuum leaks or excessive flow. Inspect PCM grounds for corrosion and loose connections, exhaust for restrictions, or fuel for contamination. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 20 . If no, go to next step.
8. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the spark plug wire from the spark plug that corresponds to the Misfire Current counters that were incrementing. Install Spark Tester (J-26792) to a good ground. Jumper the spark plug end of the companion cylinder ignition wire to engine ground. The companion cylinder is the cylinder that shares the same ignition coil. Start engine. Does the spark jump the tester gap and is the spark consistent? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
9. Remove the spark plug wire for the affected cylinder. Inspect the spark plug wire. Measure the resistance of the spark plug wire with a DVOM. Is the spark plug wire resistance less than 700 ohms? If yes, diagnose Electronic Ignition (EI) system. Refer to «ELECTRONIC IGNITION SYSTEM»(ref-152619-S20944013572003021700000) under IGNITION SYSTEMS in BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to step 19 .
10. Remove the spark plug from the cylinder that indicated a misfire. Inspect the spark plug. Does the spark plug appear to be okay? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 12 .
11. Exchange the suspected spark plug with another cylinder that is operating properly. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions that the misfire occurred. Did the misfire move with the spark plug? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
12. Is the spark plug oil or coolant fouled? If yes, diagnose for an engine mechanical problem. If no, go to next step.
13. Is the spark plug gas fouled? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
14. Does the spark plug show any signs of being cracked, worn, or improperly gapped? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
15. Perform the fuel injector coil test. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 20 . If no, diagnose for an engine mechanical problem.
16. Perform the fuel system diagnosis. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 20 . If no, diagnose for an engine mechanical problem.
17. Replace or gap the spark plug. After regapping or replacing spark plugs, go to step 20 .
18. Replace faulty spark plug. After replacing spark plug, go to step 20 .
19. Replace faulty spark plug wires. After replacing spark plug wires, go to next step.
20. Was the customer's concern regarding the MIL flashing? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 22 .
21. Operate engine at 2500 RPM for 4 minutes. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running this DTC or DTC P0420. Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DTC P0420: TWC SYSTEM - LOW EFFICIENCY»(ref-155075-S07998710612003060600000) .
22. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn OFF the ignition for 30 seconds. Start the engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S19101939462003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
23. Observe the Capture Info with a scan tool. Are there any DTCs that have not been diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Excessive vibration from sources other than the engine could cause DTC P0300 to set. The following are possible sources of vibration: Variable thickness brake rotors or worn or damaged accessory drive belt.

Spray water on the secondary ignition components using a spray bottle. Look and listen for arcing or misfiring.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0336, P0341, P0502, P0503, P1114, P1115, P1121, P1122, or P1336 not set.
2. Engine speed is 1000-5000 RPM.
3. Throttle angle is more than 15 percent.
4. Engine load is more than 45 percent.
5. ECT is more than 140°F (60°C).
6. Maximum spark retard is less than 15 degrees.
7. System voltage is more than 9 volts.
8. Engine run time is more than 30 seconds.

1. The PCM detects a malfunction in the KS diagnostic circuitry which will not allow proper diagnosis of the KS circuit.
2. Condition exists for at least one second.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close as possible to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S36043190832003060600000) . Did the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
4. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S36043190832003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
5. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0336, P0341, P0502, P0503, P1114, P1115, P1121, P1122, or P1336 not set.
2. Engine speed is 1000-5000 RPM.
3. Engine has been running for a minimum of 30 seconds.
4. Throttle angle is more than 15 percent.
5. Engine load is more than 45 percent.
6. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 140°F (60°C).
7. Maximum spark retard is less than 15 degrees.
8. System voltage is more than 9 volts.

1. PCM detects a KS signal voltage within the average voltage range for at least 10 seconds.
2. Engine run time is more than 30 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Start engine. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) information using the scan tool. Does the scan tool display any other DTCs set? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Monitor the 24X Crank Sensor parameter with scan tool. Is the 24X Crank Sensor parameter incrementing? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DTC P0336: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE»(ref-155075-S06464975752003060600000) .
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running in the DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S31371288662003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S03611286252003060600000) .
5. Disconnect the KS harness. Set the Digital Volt-Ohmmeter (DVOM) to the 400K-ohm scale. Measure the resistance of the KS using the DVOM connected to a good ground. Is the resistance 93-107K ohms? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 10 .
6. With the DVOM still connected, set the DVOM to the 400 mV AC Hertz scale. Tap on engine block near the KS while observing the signal indicated on DVOM. Is any signal indicated on the DVOM while tapping on the engine block near the KS? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 10 .
7. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connector. Test the KS circuit for the following conditions: An open or a high resistance. A short to ground. A short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
8. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the KS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Replace the KS. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S31371288662003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Note. If the KS is dropped, sensor must be replaced.

1. The knock sensor must be correctly tightened to 18 ft. lbs. (25 N.m).
2. For an intermittent condition, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Engine is running, and 3X reference pulses are being received for a minimum of 3 seconds.

The ratio of 24X reference pulses to 3X reference pulses received by the PCM is incorrect.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Observe the 24X parameter with a scan tool. Does 24X RPM vary with engine speed up to about 1600 RPM? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05517371572003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S16402145812003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the CKP sensor "A" connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the 12-volt reference circuit of the CKP sensor "A" to a good ground with the DVOM. Does the voltage measure near battery voltage? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the 12-volt reference circuit of the CKP sensor "A" for a short to ground or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
6. Connect a test light to battery voltage. Touch the CKP sensor "A" low reference circuit. Does test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the low reference circuit of the CKP sensor "A" for an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
8. Observe the 24X parameter on the scan tool. Connect a 5-amp fused jumper wire to battery positive voltage, momentarily touch the Medium Resolution Engine Speed signal circuit 5 times for a duration of one second each. Does 24 X RPM change EACH time the signal circuit is touched? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
9. Did the fuse in the jumper wire open? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
10. Test the Medium Resolution Engine Speed signal circuit of the CKP sensor "A" for a short to voltage or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Test the Medium Resolution Engine Speed signal circuit of the CKP sensor "A" for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
12. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the CKP sensor "A". Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 15 .
14. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to step 16 .
15. Replace CKP sensor "A". See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
16. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05517371572003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
17. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

DTC P0336 can be caused by secondary components leaking high voltage into the Ignition Control (IC) module. Inspect for the following conditions

1. Incorrect harness routing near secondary ignition components.
2. Ignition coil arcing to wiring harness or IC module, inspect ignition coils for cracks, carbon tracking, or other signs of damage.
3. Secondary ignition wires arcing to wiring harness.
4. If the DTC is determined to be intermittent, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Engine is running.

The CMP sensor reference pulse is not detected during every engine revolution.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Observe the CMP sensor signal present parameter with a scan tool. Does scan tool indicate that the CMP sensor signal is present? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20876048342003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S33850786122003060900000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Remove power steering pump. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the 12-volt reference circuit of the CMP sensor harness connector with a test light connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
5. Turn ignition off. Jumper the CMP circuits from the CMP sensor to the CMP sensor harness connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the Voltage Drop from the low reference circuit of the CMP sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more than 0.2 volt? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
6. Remove the jumpers from the CMP circuits. Start engine. Observe the CMP sensor signal on the scan tool. Momentarily and repeatedly probe the signal circuit of the CMP sensor with a test light that is connected to battery voltage. Does the CMP sensor signal change when the test light contacts the signal circuit? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
7. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the signal circuit of the CMP sensor harness connector with a test light connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the CMP 12-volt reference circuit between the CMP sensor and the PCM for an open or for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 13 .
9. Test the CMP Low reference circuit between the CMP sensor and the PCM for an open or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 13 .
10. Test the CMP signal circuit between the CMP sensor and PCM for a open or for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Test the CMP signal circuit between the CMP sensor and PCM for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Test for an intermittent and for poor connections at the CMP harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Test for an intermittent and for poor connections at the PCM harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 17 .
14. Remove the CMP sensor. Visually inspect the CMP sensor for physical damage, loose or improper installation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
15. Visually inspect the CMP sensor reluctor wheel for damage. If the CMP reluctor wheel is damaged. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
16. Replace CMP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 18 .
17. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
18. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20876048342003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
19. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The following conditions may cause this DTC to set

1. Incorrect harness routing near secondary ignition components.
2. Ignition coil arcing to wiring harness or IC module. Inspect the ignition coils for cracks, for carbon tracking or for other signs of damage.
3. Camshaft reluctor wheel damage.
4. The sensor coming in contact with the reluctor wheel.
5. Foreign material passing between the sensor and reluctor wheel.
6. Excessive camshaft end-play.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0300, P0336, P0403, P0404, P0502, P0503, P0506, P0507, P1106, P1107, P1111, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1121, P1122, P1374, or P1404 are not set.
2. Ignition 1 signal parameter is 11-18 volts.
3. The AC relay command parameter does not change.
4. Transaxle range does not change.
5. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is more than 176°F (80°C).
6. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 167°F (75°C).
7. Engine speed is 1050-1400 RPM.
8. Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) is steady between 15-70 kPa.
9. Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor parameter does not change more than 2 grams per second.
10. Barometric (BARO) pressure sensor is more than 74 kPa.
11. Throttle Position (TP) sensor parameter is less than one percent.
12. Vehicle Speed sensor parameter is more than 30 MPH (48 km/h) during deceleration.
13. Idle Air Control (IAC) position parameter does not change more than 5 counts while the conditions are met.
14. The vehicle will need to be driven faster than 50 MPH, and then allowed to decelerate. When the vehicle is decelerating while meeting all of the criteria listed above, the PCM will enable the test to run. As the test is running, you will see the Desired EGR parameter and the EGR position sensor on the scan tool change from zero to a calibrated value more than zero. Additionally, the EGR Flow Test Count parameter on the scan tool will increment when each EGR flow test is completed.

The MAP changes monitored during the EGR flow test indicate insufficient EGR flow.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0107 or P0108 also set? If yes, diagnose affected DTC(s). See «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Inspect the exhaust system for modification of original installed parts or leaks. Repair the exhaust system as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
4. Inspect for a vacuum leak between the EGR valve and intake manifold. Did you find and correct the condition? Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
5. Remove EGR valve. Visually and physically inspect the EGR pintle and EGR valve passages for leak or a restriction. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Remove the EGR inlet pipe from the exhaust manifold. Inspect the manifold EGR ports and EGR inlet pipe for blockage caused by excessive deposits or other damage. Correct the condition as necessary, if a problem is found. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S16248504922003060600000) .
7. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S09141305572003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
8. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. Vacuum restriction to the MAP sensor. A restriction to the MAP sensor can cause the EGR flow test to fail due to insufficient MAP changes being monitored during the test. Inspect for objects blocking the vacuum to the MAP sensor.
2. An engine that is running poorly may cause this DTC to set.
3. Poor connection or damaged harness. Inspect the wiring harness for damage.
4. If the harness appears to be okay, observe the Actual EGR Position display on the scan tool while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the EGR valve. A change in the display indicates the location of the malfunction.

In order to verify a repair, clear info with the scan tool and run the EGR flow test keeping the following conditions in mind

1. PCM will only run the EGR flow test during a gradual deceleration.
2. PCM will only run the EGR test during a closed throttle condition.
3. PCM will only run the EGR test at vehicle speeds above 30 MPH.
4. Several deceleration cycles, typically 9-12, will be necessary to run a sufficient number of EGR flow test samples.
5. The EGR Test Counter displayed on the scan tool can be useful in determining that the EGR flow test is running and in order to keep track of the number of test samples taken. The counter will increment each time a test sample is taken.

1. Engine is cranking or running.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

1. PCM detects an electrical malfunction in the EGR high control circuit or the EGR low control circuit.
2. Condition is present for more than 20 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, command the EGR from zero percent to 100 percent. Does the EGR position sensor remain close to the Desired EGR Position at all commanded positions? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the observed parameters of the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S04424640942003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect EGR valve. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the EGR valve high control circuit with a test light connected to a good ground. With a scan tool, command the EGR between 0-10 percent. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Connect a test light between the EGR valve high control circuit and the EGR valve low control circuit. With a scan tool, command the EGR between 0-10 percent. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to step 9 .
6. Does the test light remain illuminated with each command? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the EGR valve high control circuit for a short to ground or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
8. Test the EGR valve high control circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
9. Test the EGR valve low control circuit for an open or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the EGR valve. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Replace EGR valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S04424640942003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Ignition 1 signal parameter is 11-18 volts.
2. EGR valve is commanded to open.

1. Difference between the EGR position sensor and the desired EGR position is more than 15 percent.
2. Condition is present for more than 20 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0403 or P0405 also set? If yes, diagnose affected DTC. See «DTC P0403: EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S23947472952003060600000) or «DTC P0405: EGR PINTLE POSITION CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S14686743712003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With scan tool, command the EGR valve from zero percent to 100 percent. Does the EGR position sensor remain within 15 percent of the desired EGR position at all commanded positions? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the observed parameters of the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S10218234032003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S31332230542003060600000) .
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the EGR valve. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the EGR position sensor parameter. Does the scan tool indicate that the EGR position sensor is at 1 percent? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
6. Connect a test light between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and the low reference circuit of the EGR valve. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
7. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and EGR valve position signal circuit. Observe the EGR Position Sensor parameter on scan tool. Is EGR position sensor parameter more than 99 percent? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 13 .
8. Connect a test light between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 14 .
9. Command the EGR valve to 100 percent with scan tool. Measure the voltage from the EGR high control circuit to a good ground. Note the results in volts as "supply voltage". Connect a jumper wire between the EGR low control circuit and the corresponding terminal on the EGR valve. Connect a DVOM between the EGR high control circuit and the corresponding terminal on the EGR valve. Measure the note and current draw in amps. Remove the DVOM from the EGR high control circuit. Connect a jumper wire between the EGR high control circuit and the corresponding terminal on the EGR valve. Connect a DVOM in parallel between the EGR high control circuit and a good ground. Measure the voltage drop in volts and note as "load voltage drop". Subtract the load voltage drop from the supply voltage then divide the answer by the current draw. The result is the amount of resistance in the EGR high control circuit. Is the calculated resistance more than 3 ohms? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
10. Connect a DVOM in parallel between the EGR low control circuit and a good ground. Measure the voltage drop in volts and not as "low control voltage drop". Divide the low control voltage drop by the current draw. The result is the amount of resistance in the low control circuit. Is the calculated resistance more than 3 ohms? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 17 .
11. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
12. Test the low reference circuit for an open or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
13. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for an open, short to ground, or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
14. Test the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR position sensor for an open, a short to ground, or a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
15. Test the high control circuit of the EGR valve for resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
16. Test the low control circuit of the EGR valve for resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
17. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the EGR valve. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 19 .
18. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 20 .
19. Replace EGR valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 21 .
20. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
21. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S10218234032003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
22. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for excessive deposits on the EGR pintle or seat. Remove the EGR valve and inspect for deposits that may interfere with the EGR valve pintle extending completely or cause the pintle to stick.

If the condition is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Ignition 1 signal parameter is 11-18 volts.

1. EGR position sensor is less than 0.35 volt.
2. Condition is present for more than 20 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P1635 also set? If yes, go to «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the EGR position sensor voltage parameter. Does the scan tool indicate that the EGR position sensor voltage is less than 0.35 volt? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure records data that you observe. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S35812478772003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the EGR valve connector. Connect a fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR position sensor and the EGR valve position signal circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the EGR position sensor parameter. Does the scan tool indicate that the EGR position sensor is more than 99 percent? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
6. Disconnect the 3-amp fused jumper wire. Connect a test light between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and low reference circuit of the EGR valve. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR position sensor for an open or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
8. Test all 5-volt reference circuits for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
9. With a DVOM connected between the EGR position sensor 5-volt reference circuit and the EGR position sensor ground circuit, observe voltage while disconnecting all sensors, one at a time, that use a 5-volt reference signal. A change in voltage indicates the faulty component. Replace that component as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for a short to ground, high resistance or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for a short to the EGR solenoid high control circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 13 .
12. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 15 .
13. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the EGR valve. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
14. Replace EGR valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 16 .
15. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
16. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S35812478772003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
17. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Meet the conditions for engine warm-up. Use the scan tool catalyst data list in order to verify the following conditions: DTCs P0030, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0206, P0300, P0336, P0341, P0404, P0405, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0502, P0503, P0506, P0507, P1133, P1134, P1351, P1352, P1361, P1362, or P1441 not set. Engine has been running longer than 10 minutes. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 169-255°F (76-124°C). Barometric (BARO) pressure is above 75 kPa. Vehicle is in Closed Loop. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is -4 to 212°F (-20 to 100°C). Battery voltage greater than 10.7 volts.
2. Warm up the catalyst. Fully open the hood. Transmission in Park (A/T) or Neutral (M/T). Set parking brake. Press and hold the service brake. Each time the engine is started the diagnostic can run up to 18 times. After the 10-minute run time, and before the diagnostic runs the first time, the engine must run an additional 5 minutes between 1500-2500 RPM. For any additional tests on the same key cycle, the engine must be between 1500-2500 RPM for one minute. In order to activate the diagnostic, return the engine to idle and place transaxle in Drive (A/T) or depress clutch pedal (M/T).
3. Test the catalyst. The transaxle is in Drive (A/T) or Neutral (M/T) with the clutch pedal depressed. Within 60 seconds the air/fuel ratio will go lean, less than 14.1, for up to 7 seconds. The air/fuel ratio may then go rich, greater than 15.3, for up to 7 seconds. Using scan tool, check and see if DTC P0420 has passed or failed this key cycle.

PCM determines that the catalyst's oxygen storage capacity is below a threshold considered acceptable.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) the first time the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module will set the DTC and records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores the failure information in the scan tools Freeze Frame/Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Are any other DTCs set? If yes, diagnose affected DTCs first. See «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Clear the DTCs using the scan tool. Turn the A/C OFF. Start engine and wait until the vehicle is fully warmed up. Fully open the hood. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running this DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05541212262003060600000) . The test may need to be completed up to 6 times in order to pass or fail. Does the scan tool indicate the DTC ran and passed this ignition cycle? If yes, system is okay. If no, go to next step.
4. Visually and physically inspect the TWC for damage. Inspect for the following conditions: Dents. Severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures. Holes. Internal rattle caused by damaged catalyst substrate. Verify that the TWC is a proper original equipment manufacturer part. Did your inspection reveal a problem? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
5. Visually and physically inspect the exhaust system for leaks. Did your inspection reveal a problem? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Visually inspect the following components for damage: Oxygen sensors. Oxygen sensor wiring harnesses. Was a repair necessary? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Repair exhaust system as necessary. After repairs, go to step 10 .
8. Repair HO2S sensor and wiring as necessary. After repairs, go to step 10 .
9. Replace the TWC converter. After repairs, go to next step.
10. Clear the DTCs using the scan tool. Turn the A/C OFF. Start engine and wait until the vehicle is fully warmed up. Fully open the hood. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running this DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05541212262003060600000) . The test may need to be completed up to 6 times in order to pass or fail. Does the scan tool indicate the DTC ran and passed this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
11. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. PCM will not enable the catalyst test until the following conditions are met: Engine speed is plus or minus 265 RPM from the desired idle. Throttle Position (TP) is 1.5 percent or less. The short term FT is -20 and 20 percent.
2. The catalyst test will abort if the vehicle falls outside the conditions listed above while the test is running.
3. The catalyst test may abort due to a change in engine load (i.e., A/C, coolant fan). If this problem occurs, use the scan tool to force the cooling fans ON then return to step 3 under DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES.
4. The number of attempted tests is limited to 18 per key cycle.
5. More than 6 tests may have to be attempted in order to get 6 completed tests. An aborted test counts as an attempted test.
6. If 18 tests have been attempted, and a decision has not been made this key cycle, turn the key OFF for 30 seconds, start the vehicle, and perform the Conditions for Running DTC, including the 10-minute run time.
7. After returning to an idle, the HO2S 1 signal may stay rich or lean for several seconds, causing the test to be delayed.

If the condition is determined to be intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P1106, P1107, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1121, or P1122 not set.
2. Ignition voltage is 10-18 volts.
3. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 75 kPa.
4. Fuel level is 15-85 percent.
5. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
6. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 16°F (9°C) of each other.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 75 MPH.

The EVAP system is not able to achieve or maintain vacuum during the diagnostic test.

1. The control module will illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test ran and failed.
2. The control module will store conditions which were present when the DTC set as Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. The PCM will turn the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) OFF during the first consecutive trip in which the diagnostic has been run and passed.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the control module turns OFF the MIL.
3. The history DTC will clear after the PCM runs and passes 40 consecutive warm up cycles with no failure.
4. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Perform the Service Bay Test. Refer to Service Bay Test. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S24034708802003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Inspect the EVAP system for the following conditions: Loose, missing, or damaged service port Schrader valve. Loose, incorrect, missing, or damaged fuel fill cap. A damaged EVAP canister purge valve. Raise vehicle on a hoist and inspect the EVAP system for the following conditions: Disconnected, improperly routed, kinked, or damaged EVAP pipes and hoses. A damaged EVAP canister vent valve or EVAP canister. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Connect the Evaporative Emissions System Tester (J-41413-200) power supply clips to a known-good 12-volt source. Install the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter (J-41415-40) to the fuel fill pipe. Connect the fuel fill cap to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Connect the Evaporative Emissions System Tester nitrogen/smoke supply hose to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Command the EVAP vent solenoid closed with scan tool. Turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the Evaporative Emissions System Tester control panel to SMOKE. Use the remote switch to introduce smoke into the EVAP system. Use the EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting (J-41413-VLV) to open the EVAP service port. Remove the EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting once smoke is observed. Continue to introduce smoke into the EVAP system for an additional 60 seconds. Inspect the entire EVAP system for exiting smoke with the High Intensity White Light (J-41413-SPT). Continue to introduce smoke at 15 second intervals until the leak source has been located. Did you locate and repair a leak source? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to next step.
5. Disconnect the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter from the fuel fill pipe. Install fuel fill cap to fuel fill pipe. Connect the Nitrogen/Smoke Supply Hose to the EVAP service port. Use the remote switch to introduce smoke into the EVAP system. Inspect the entire EVAP system for exiting smoke with the High Intensity White Light. Continue to introduce smoke at 15 second intervals until the leak source has been located. Did you locate and repair a leak source? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to next step.
6. Use the remote switch to stop introducing smoke. Install the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter to the fuel fill pipe. Connect the nitrogen/smoke supply hose to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Connect the vehicle fuel fill cap to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Command the EVAP vent solenoid open with a scan tool. Compare the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter with a scan tool, to the pressure/vacuum gauge. Is scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter within 1 in. H2O of the pressure/vacuum gauge? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
7. Seal the EVAP system using the EVAP Purge/Seal function with a scan tool. Turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the Evaporative Emissions System Tester control panel to NITROGEN. Use the Evaporative Emissions System Tester to pressurize the EVAP system to t10 in. H2O. Is Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter more than 5 in.H2O? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
8. Use the remote switch to stop introducing nitrogen into the EVAP system. Increase the EVAP purge solenoid to 100 percent. Is the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter less than 1 in. H2O? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S24034708802003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
9. Disconnect the EVAP purge vacuum source from the EVAP purge solenoid. Is Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter less than 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
10. Disconnect the EVAP purge pipe from the EVAP purge solenoid. Is the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter less than 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
11. Disconnect the EVAP purge pipe at EVAP canister. Is the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter less than 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to step 15 . If no, go to next step.
12. Disconnect the EVAP vapor pipe at the EVAP canister. Is the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter less than 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Repair pinched or obstructed EVAP purge solenoid vacuum source. After repairs, go to step 19 .
14. Repair pinched or obstructed EVAP vapor pipe. After repairs, go to step 19 .
15. Repair restriction in EVAP purge pipe. After repairs, go to step 19 .
16. Replace FTP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 19 .
17. Replace EVAP canister purge valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 19 .
18. Replace EVAP canister. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
19. Perform the Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 3 .
20. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Use the EVAP Pressure/Purge Diagnostic Station (J-41413) in order to pressurize the EVAP system to aid in locating intermittent leaks.
2. A temporary blockage in the EVAP canister purge valve, purge pipe, or EVAP canister could cause an intermittent condition. Repair blockage in EVAP system.
3. Reviewing the Failure Records vehicle mileage since the diagnostic test last failed may help determine how often the condition that caused the DTC to be set occurs. This may assist in diagnosing the condition.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0440, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P1106, P1107, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1121, or P1122 not set.
2. Ignition voltage is 10-18 volts.
3. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 75 kPa.
4. Fuel level is 15-85 percent.
5. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
6. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 16°F of each other.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 75 MPH.

The EVAP system can achieve vacuum, but a vacuum decay is detected during the diagnostic test.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records.

1. The PCM will turn the MIL OFF during the first consecutive trip in which the diagnostic has been run and passed.
2. A last test failed (current DTC) clears when the PCM turns OFF the MIL.
3. The history DTC will clear after the PCM runs and passes 40 consecutive warm up cycles with no failure.
4. The DTC can be cleared by using a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Perform the Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool display Service Bay Test passed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S26987875612003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Inspect the EVAP system for the following conditions: Loose, missing, or damaged service port dust cap and/or Schrader valve. Loose, incorrect, missing, or damaged fuel fill cap. A damaged EVAP canister purge valve. Raise vehicle on a hoist and inspect EVAP system for the following conditions: Disconnected, improperly routed, kinked, or damaged EVAP pipes and hoses. A damaged EVAP canister vent valve or EVAP canister. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Connect the Evaporative Emissions System Tester (J-41413-200) power supply clips to a known-good 12-volt source. Install the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter (J-41415-40) to the fuel fill pipe. Connect the fuel fill cap to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Connect the Evaporative Emissions System Tester nitrogen/smoke supply hose to the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Command the EVAP vent solenoid closed with a scan tool. Turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the Evaporative Emissions System Tester control panel to SMOKE. Use the remote switch to introduce smoke into the EVAP system. Use the EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting (J-41413-VLV) to open the EVAP service port. Remove the EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting once smoke is observed. Continue to introduce smoke into the EVAP system for an additional 60 seconds. Inspect the entire EVAP system for exiting smoke with the High Intensity White Light (J-41413-SPT). Continue to introduce smoke at 15 second intervals until the leak source has been located. Did you locate and repair a leak source? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Disconnect the Fuel Tank Cap Adapter from the fuel fill pipe. Install the fuel fill cap to the fuel fill pipe. Connect the Evaporative Emissions System Tester nitrogen/smoke supply hose to the EVAP service port. Use the remote switch to introduce smoke into the EVAP system. Inspect the entire EVAP system for exiting smoke with the High Intensity White Light. Continue to introduce smoke at 15 second intervals until the leak source has been located. Did you locate and repair a leak source? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S26987875612003060600000) .
6. Perform the Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 3 .
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The EVAP system test runs when engine is first started and meets the Conditions for Running DTC. See CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC . To aid in locating intermittent leaks, use the EVAP Pressure and Purge Station (J-41413) to pressurize the EVAP system. Move all EVAP components while testing with the Ultrasonic Leak Detector (J-41416).

1. Engine speed is more than 400 RPM.
2. System voltage is 6-18 volts.

1. PCM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
2. Conditions are present for a minimum of 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With scan tool, command the EVAP purge valve to 50 percent, and then to zero percent. Does the EVAP purge valve respond to the commanded state? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22806295392003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Did the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the EVAP purge valve harness connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the ignition voltage circuit at the EVAP purge valve harness connector with a test light connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
5. Connect a test light between the control circuit and the ignition voltage circuit of the EVAP purge valve harness connector. With a scan tool, command the EVAP purge valve to 50 percent and then to zero percent. Does the test light turn ON when the EVAP purge valve is commanded to 50 percent and OFF when the purge valve is commanded to zero percent? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
6. Does the test light remain illuminated with each command? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the control circuit of the EVAP purge valve for an open or short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the control circuit of the EVAP purge valve for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
9. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the EVAP purge valve. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the control module. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair the ignition voltage circuit of the EVAP purge valve for an open or a short to ground. Replace fuse, if necessary. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace EVAP purge valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P1106, P1107, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1121, or P1122 not set.
2. Ignition voltage is 10-18 volts.
3. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 75 kPa.
4. Fuel level is 15-80 percent.
5. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
6. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
7. The start-up ECT and IAT are within 16°F of each other.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 75 MPH.

1. Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) is less than -10 in. H2O.
2. Condition is present for at least 30 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Perform the Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S37836735672003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Inspect the EVAP system for a damaged EVAP vent valve or pinched EVAP vent hose. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
4. Disconnect the purge line from the EVAP purge valve. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With scan tool, observe the FTP parameter. Does the scan tool indicate FTP is within -1 to 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 9 .
5. Turn ignition off. Reconnect all previously disconnected hardware. Install the Fuel Fill Cap Adapter (J-41415-40). Connect the EVAP Pressure/Purge Diagnostic Station (J-41413) and the vehicle fuel fill cap to the Fuel Fill Cap Adapter. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, seal the EVAP system. With the EVAP Pressure/Purge Diagnostic Station, pressurize the EVAP system to 5 in. H2O. Rotate the rotary switch to the OFF/HOLD position. Command the EVAP canister vent valve OFF with a scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate FTP near zero in.H2O? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S37836735672003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
6. Disconnect the EVAP vent pipe from the EVAP canister. Does the scan tool indicate fuel tank pressure at 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
7. Disconnect the EVAP vent pipe from the EVAP canister. Does the scan tool indicate FTP 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 12 .
8. Repair pinched or restricted EVAP vent hose. After repairs, go to step 13 .
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the control module. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
10. Replace FTP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
11. Replace EVAP vent valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace EVAP canister. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Perform the Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 3 .
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

An intermittent condition could be caused by a damaged EVAP vent housing, a temporary blockage at the EVAP vent valve inlet, or a pinched vent hose. A blockage in the vent system will also cause a poor fuel fill problem.

1. Engine speed is more than 400 RPM.
2. System voltage is 6-18 volts.

1. PCM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
2. Conditions are present for a minimum of 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With the scan tool, command the EVAP vent valve ON and OFF. Do you hear or feel a click from the EVAP vent valve when the valve is commanded ON and OFF? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observe. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S28988719882003060600000) . Does this DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the EVAP vent solenoid. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the ignition 1 voltage circuit of the EVAP vent solenoid with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
5. Connect a test light between the control circuit of the EVAP vent valve and the ignition voltage circuit of the EVAP vent valve at the body pass-through connector. With a scan tool, command the EVAP vent valve ON and OFF. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
6. Does the test light remain illuminated with each command? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the control circuit for an open or short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Test the control circuit for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the EVAP vent solenoid. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the control module. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair open or short to ground in the ignition 1 voltage circuit. Replace fuse, if necessary. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace EVAP vent solenoid. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S28988719882003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine is running.

1. Fuel tank pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.1 volt.
2. Conditions are present for greater than 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Idle the engine for one minute. Monitor the DTC information with a scan tool. Did DTC P1635 or P1639 fail this ignition cycle? If yes, see «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) or «DTC P1639: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 2 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S09461570562003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. With the scan tool, observe the Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) sensor voltage. Does the scan tool indicate that the FTP sensor voltage is less than 0.1 volt? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S37128181762003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Raise and support vehicle. Disconnect the fuel tank wiring harness at the body pass-through connector. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the 5-volt reference circuit of the FTP sensor and the signal circuit of the FTP sensor at the body pass-through connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the FTP sensor voltage. Does the scan tool indicate that the FTP sensor voltage is about 5 volts? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test the 5-volt reference circuit of the FTP sensor for a short to ground, a high resistance, or an open between the body pass-through connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test the signal circuit of the FTP sensor for a short to ground, a high resistance, or an open between the body pass-through connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Remove the fuel tank. Disconnect the FTP sensor harness connector. Inspect the fuel tank wiring harness for pinches, cuts, or internal breaks. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
9. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the FTP sensor, and fuel tank harness body pass-through connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace FTP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S37128181762003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine is running.

1. Fuel tank pressure sensor voltage is more than 4.9 volts.
2. Condition is present for greater than 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Idle the engine for one minute. Monitor the DTC information using the scan tool. Did DTC P1635 and P1639 fail this ignition cycle? If yes, see «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) or «DTC P1639: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 2 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S09461570562003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With scan tool, observe the Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) sensor voltage. Is the FTP sensor voltage more than 4.3 volts? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S07209954822003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Turn ignition off. Raise the vehicle. Disconnect the fuel tank wiring harness at the body pass-through connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the FTP sensor voltage. Does the scan tool indicate that the FTP sensor voltage is greater than zero volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Test the signal circuit of the FTP for a short to voltage between the body pass-through connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
7. Probe the low reference circuit of the FTP sensor at the body pass-through with a test light connected to battery voltage. Did the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
8. Test the low reference circuit of the FTP sensor for an open between the body pass-through connector and the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Remove the fuel tank. Disconnect the FTP sensor harness connector. Inspect the fuel tank wiring harness for the following: Damaged wiring. Poor connections. Broken wires inside the insulation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace FTP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S07209954822003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. Ignition is on.
2. System voltage is 9-18 volts.
3. Relay control circuit is transitioned from OFF to ON or ON to OFF.

1. PCM detects an open, a short to ground or a short to voltage on the cooling fan relay control circuit.
2. Condition is present for at least 30 5 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, command the Fans Low Speed ON and OFF. Does the cooling fan 1 relay turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Install a scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, command the Fans High Speed ON and OFF. Do the cooling fan 2 and the cooling fan 3 relays turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S25241578122003060900000) . If no, go to step 6 .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the cooling fan 1 relay. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the battery positive voltage circuit of the cooling fan 1 relay with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate?
5. Connect a test light between the control circuit of the cooling fan 1 relay and the battery positive voltage circuit of the cooling fan 1 relay. With a scan tool, command the Fans Low Speed ON and OFF. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 9 .
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the cooling fan 3 relay. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Probe the battery positive voltage circuit of the cooling fan 3 relay with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
7. Connect a test light between the control circuit of the cooling fan 3 relay and the battery positive voltage circuit of the cooling fan 3 relay. With scan tool, command the Fans High Speed ON and OFF. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
8. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the cooling fan 2 relay. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Connect a test light between the control circuit of the cooling fan 2 relay and the battery positive voltage circuit of the cooling fan 2 relay. With a scan tool, command the Fans High Speed ON and OFF. Does the test light turn ON and OFF with each command? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
9. Does the test light remain illuminated with each command? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
10. Test the control circuit of the appropriate relay for a short to voltage or an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 15 .
11. Test the control circuit of the appropriate relay for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 15 .
12. Inspect for poor connections at the cooling fan 2 relay. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
13. Inspect for poor connections at the cooling fan 2 relay. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 18 .
14. Inspect for poor connections at the cooling fan 3 relay. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 19 .
15. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 21 . If no, go to step 20 .
16. Repair the battery positive voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 21 .
17. Replace cooling fan 1 relay. After replacing relay, go to step 21 .
18. Replace cooling fan 2 relay. After replacing relay, go to step 21 .
19. Replace cooling fan 3 relay. After replacing relay, go to step 21 .
20. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
21. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTCs. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S37175681212003060900000) . Does the DTC reset? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, system is okay.

1. If condition is not present, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
2. Review the Freeze/Failure Records vehicle mileage since the diagnostic test last failed. This may help determine how often the condition that caused the DTC to be set occurs.

1. No MAP sensor DTC P0107 or P0108.
2. No TP sensor DTC P0121, P0122 or P0123.
3. No AT ISS DTC P0716 or P0717.
4. The TP angle is greater than 12 percent.
5. Engine torque is 70-300 ft. lbs. (95-400 N.m).
6. Input shaft speed is 1500 RPM or greater.

The output shaft speed is less than 150 RPM for 2.5 seconds.

1. PCM illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the Conditions for Setting DTC are met.
2. PCM commands maximum line pressure.
3. PCM freezes shift adapts.
4. PCM calculates vehicle speed from the AT input shaft speed sensor for shift timing.
5. PCM records the operating conditions when the Conditions for Setting DTC are met. The PCM stores this information as Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
6. PCM stores DTC P0502 in PCM history during the second consecutive trip in which the Conditions for Setting DTC are met.

1. PCM turns OFF the MIL during the third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test runs and passes.
2. A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
3. The PCM clears the DTC from PCM history if the vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an emission-related diagnostic fault occurring.
4. The PCM cancels the DTC default actions when the fault no longer exists and/or the ignition switch is OFF long enough in order to power down the PCM.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records. Clear the DTC. Raise and support the drive wheels. Start and operate engine at idle. Place transmission in Drive. Monitor Transmission OSS on scan tool. With drive wheels rotating, increase and decrease the throttle position. Does the Transmission OSS RPM increase when wheel speed increases? If yes, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM connector C1. Using Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A), connect DVOM between PCM harness connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Select AC volts on DVOM. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Place the range selector in a Drive range or Neutral. Rotate the right front drive wheel by hand, while observing DVOM display. Does the voltage measure greater than 0.4 volt AC? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
4. Leave DVOM test leads connected between PCM connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Select ohms on the DVOM. Measure resistance of the complete VSS circuit. Is the circuit resistance 1650-3180 ohms? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
5. Is circuit resistance greater than 3180 ohms? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
6. Leave DVOM test leads connected between PCM connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Disconnect the VSS connector at the transmission. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) and the low signal circuit (CKT 401) of the VSS for a short together. Are the signal and ground circuits shorted together? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 14 .
7. Repair short between the high signal circuit (CKT 400) and low signal circuit (CKT 401). After repairs, go to step 16 .
8. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) of the VSS for a short to ground between PCM and VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 15 .
9. Reconnect the PCM connector C1. Select DC volts on the DVOM. Using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A), connect the DVOM between terminals "A" and "B" of the VSS vehicle harness. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Does the DVOM display greater than 1.0 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 13 .
10. Repair short to power in the high signal circuit (CKT 400). After repairs, go to step 16 .
11. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) of the VSS for an open between the PCM and the VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
12. Test the low signal circuit (CKT 401) of the VSS for an open between the PCM and the VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Remove the VSS assembly. See appropriate TRANSMISSION SERVICING article in AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION. Inspect the VSS and the transmission for the following: Incorrect VSS. VSS damage. Excessive runout in the final drive carrier assembly. Excessive VSS to speed sensor rotor gap. Incorrect speed sensor rotor alignment. Speed sensor rotor damage. Repair any of the items as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
14. Replace VSS assembly. After repairs, go to step 16 .
15. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
16. Perform the following procedure in order to verify the repair: Select DTC. Select Clear Info. Drive the vehicle. Operate vehicle, so that the transmission output speed is greater than 250 RPM for 2 seconds. Select Specific DTC. Enter DTC P0502. Has the test run and passed? If yes, system is okay. If no, go to step 1 .

1. No VSS DTC P0502.
2. Engine speed is more than 500 RPM for 5 seconds and not in fuel shut off.
3. The time since the last gear range change is greater than 6 seconds.
4. No output shaft speed rise greater than 250 RPM in 2 seconds.

The output shaft speed drops greater than 1500 RPM in 3 seconds.

1. PCM illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the Conditions for Setting DTC are met.
2. PCM commands maximum line pressure.
3. PCM freezes shift adapts.
4. PCM calculates vehicle speed from the AT input shaft speed sensor for shift timing.
5. PCM records the operating conditions when the Conditions for Setting DTC are met. The PCM stores this information as Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
6. PCM stores DTC P0503 in PCM history during the second consecutive trip in which the Conditions for Setting DTC are met.

1. PCM turns OFF the MIL during the third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test runs and passes.
2. A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
3. PCM clears the DTC from PCM history if the vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an emission-related diagnostic fault occurring.
4. PCM cancels the DTC default actions when the ignition switch is OFF long enough in order to power down the PCM.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install scan tool. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records. Clear the DTC. Raise and support drive wheels. Start and idle engine. Place transmission in Drive. Monitor Transmission OSS on scan tool. With drive wheels rotating, increase and decrease throttle position. Does the Transmission OSS RPM increase when wheel speed increases? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM connector C1. Using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A), connect the DVOM between PCM harness connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Select AC volts on DVOM. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Place the range selector in a Drive range or Neutral. Rotate the right front drive wheel by hand, while observing the DVOM display. Does the voltage measure greater than 0.4 volt AC? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
4. Leave the DVOM test leads connected between PCM harness connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Select ohms on DVOM. Measure resistance of the complete VSS circuit. Is circuit resistance 1650-3180 ohms? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
5. Is circuit resistance greater than 3180 ohms? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
6. Leave the DVOM test leads connected between PCM harness connector terminals C1-64 and C1-65. Disconnect the VSS connector at the transmission. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) and low signal circuit (CKT 401) of the VSS for a short together. Are the signal and ground circuits shorted together? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 14 .
7. Repair short between the high signal circuit (CKT 400) and low signal circuit (CKT 401). After repairs, go to step 16 .
8. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) of the VSS for a short to ground between the PCM and the VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 15 .
9. Reconnect the PCM connector C1. Select DC volts on DVOM. Using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A), connect the DVOM between terminals "A" and "B" of the VSS vehicle harness. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Does the DVOM display greater than 1.0 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 13 .
10. Repair short to power in the high signal circuit (CKT 400). After repairs, go to step 16 .
11. Test the high signal circuit (CKT 400) of the VSS for an open between the PCM and the VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
12. Test the low signal circuit (CKT 401) of the VSS for an open between the PCM and the VSS. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 14 .
13. Remove the VSS assembly. See appropriate TRANSMISSION SERVICING article in AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION. Inspect the VSS and the transmission for the following: Incorrect VSS. VSS damage. Excessive runout in the final drive carrier assembly. Excessive VSS to speed sensor rotor gap. Incorrect speed sensor rotor alignment. Speed sensor rotor damage. Repair any of the items as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to next step.
14. Replace VSS assembly. After repairs, go to step 16 .
15. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
16. Perform the following procedure in order to verify the repair: Select DTC. Select Clear Info. Drive the vehicle so that the Transmission OSS is greater than 300 RPM for at least 2 seconds. Select Specific DTC. Enter DTC P0503. Has the test run and passed? If yes, system is okay, If no, go to step 1 .

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0300, P0401, P0403, P0404, P0405, or P502 not set.
2. Engine run time is more than 2 minutes.
3. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is more than 158°F (70°C).
4. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor is more than 0°F (-18°C).
5. Barometric (BARO) pressure sensor is more than 70 kPa.
6. Ignition 1 Signal parameter is 9-18 volts.
7. Throttle Position (TP) sensor angle is less than 1.5 percent.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 3 MPH.
9. Conditions are met for more than 8 seconds.

1. The actual engine speed is 100 RPM less than the desired engine speed for more than 8 seconds for each test.
2. PCM detects the IAC test failed 4 consecutive times per ignition cycle.
3. The vehicle must enter the criteria and leave the criteria for one second in order to complete one test.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Set parking brake and block drive wheels. Install scan tool. Start engine. Turn OFF all of the accessories. With scan tool in RPM control function, slowly increment engine speed to 1700 RPM, then to 600 RPM, then to 1700 RPM. Exit the RPM control function. Does the engine speed stabilize within 100 RPM of the commanded RPM during the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S10644960342003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S22582444362003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IAC valve. Connect an IAC Motor Driver (J-37027-1A) to IAC valve. Start engine. With the IAC Motor Driver, command the IAC valve in until about 600 RPM is reached. With IAC Motor Driver, command the IAC valve out until about 1700 RPM is reached. Return engine speed to desired idle as indicated on scan tool data list. Did engine speed steadily decrease to about 600 RPM and steadily increase to about 1700 RPM when the IAC valve was commanded in and out? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
5. With a test light connected to ground, probe one of the IAC valve circuits at the IAC valve harness connector using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A). Start engine. With Connector Test Adapter Kit, command low RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. With Connector Test Adapter Kit, command high RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. While the IAC counts are incrementing, observe the test light. Return engine idle speed to desired idle as indicated on the scan tool data list. Repeat the procedure for the other 3 IAC valve circuits. Did the test light remain ON, never flashing, while the IAC counts where incrementing at any of the IAC valve circuits during the test? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
6. Did the test light remain OFF, never flashing, while the IAC counts where incrementing at any of the IAC valve circuits during the test? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Connect a test light between the IAC coil "A" low circuit and the IAC coil "A" high circuit at the IAC valve harness connector using the Connector Test Adapter Kit. With IAC Motor Driver, command low RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. With the IAC Motor Driver, command high RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. While the IAC counts are incrementing, observe the test light. Return engine idle speed to desired idle as indicated on scan tool data list. Repeat with test light connected between the IAC coil "B" low circuit and the IAC coil "B" high circuit at the IAC valve harness connector. Return engine speed to the desired idle as indicated on scan tool data list. Did the test light stay illuminated and never flashing while the IAC counts where incrementing during the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
8. Inspect for a poor connection at the IAC valve harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 12 .
9. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. With a DVOM, test the circuit where the test light remained OFF for the following: An open circuit. A short to ground. A short to another IAC valve circuit. After repairs, go to step 17 .
10. Turn ignition on. With DVOM, test the circuit where the test light remained ON for the following: A short to voltage. A short to another IAC valve circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Visually and physically inspect for the following: Throttle body damage and tampering. Throttle lever screw tampering, if equipped. Restricted air intake system. Inspect for a possible collapsed/clogged air intake duct, before and after the air filter element, restricted air filter element, restriction at the throttle body intake screen, if equipped. Remove IAC valve. Inspect for the following conditions: A clogged IAC passage. Excessive deposits on the throttle plate. Excessive deposits in the throttle bore. Excessive deposits on IAC valve pintle. Repair any of the conditions as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 14 .
12. Inspect for a poor connection at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
13. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. With a DVOM, test all IAC valve circuits for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 16 .
14. Inspect for a poor connection at the IAC valve harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
15. Replace IAC valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 17 .
16. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
17. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S10644960342003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
18. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. High resistance in an IAC circuit.
2. Restricted air intake system.
3. Proper operation and installation of all air intake components.
4. Collapsed, clogged, or loose air intake ducts.
5. A clogged air filter.
6. Proper operation of the Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor, if equipped.
7. A tampered with or damaged throttle stop screw.
8. A tampered with or damaged throttle plate, throttle shaft, or throttle linkage.
9. Objects blocking the IAC passage or throttle bore.
10. Excessive deposits in the IAC passage or on the IAC pintle.
11. Excessive deposits in the throttle bore or on the throttle plate.
12. Vacuum leaks.
13. A low or unstable idle condition could be caused by a non-IAC system problem that can not be overcome by the IAC valve.

If the problem is determined to be intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0300, P0401, P0403, P0404, P0405, or P502 not set.
2. Engine run time is more than 2 minutes.
3. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is more than 158°F (70°C).
4. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor is more than 0°F (-18°C).
5. Barometric (BARO) pressure sensor is more than 70 kPa.
6. Ignition 1 Signal parameter is 9-18 volts.
7. Throttle Position (TP) sensor angle is less than 1.5 percent.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 3 MPH.
9. Conditions are met for more than 8 seconds.

1. Actual engine speed is 150 RPM more than the desired engine speed for more than 8 seconds for each test.
2. PCM detects the IAC test failed 4 consecutive times per ignition cycle.
3. Vehicle must enter the above criteria and leave the criteria for one second in order to complete one test.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Set parking brake and block drive wheels. Install scan tool. Start engine. Turn OFF all of the accessories. With scan tool in RPM control function, slowly increment engine speed to 1700 RPM, then to 600 RPM, then to 1700 RPM. Exit the RPM control function. Does the engine speed stabilize within 150 RPM of the commanded RPM during the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08708003192003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S10724087252003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect IAC valve. Connect IAC Motor Driver (J-37027-1A) to the IAC valve. Start engine. With IAC Motor Driver, command the IAC valve in until near 600 RPM is reached. With IAC Motor Driver, command the IAC valve out until about 1700 RPM is reached. Return engine speed to desired idle as indicated on scan tool data list. Did the engine speed steadily decrease to about 600 RPM and steadily increase to about 1700 RPM when IAC valve was commanded in and out? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
5. With a test light connected to ground, probe one of the IAC valve circuits at the IAC valve harness connector using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A). Start engine. With IAC Motor Driver, command low RPM while observing scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. With IAC Motor Driver, command high RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. While the IAC counts are incrementing, observe the test light. Return engine idle speed to desired idle as indicated on the scan tool data list. Repeat the above procedure for the other three IAC valve circuits. Did the test light remain ON, never flashing, while the IAC counts where incrementing at any of the IAC valve circuits during the test? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
6. Did the test light remain OFF, never flashing, while the IAC counts where incrementing at any of the IAC valve circuits during the above test? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Connect a test light between the IAC coil "A" low circuit and IAC coil "A" high circuit at the IAC valve harness connector using the Connector Test Adapter Kit (J-35616-A). With IAC Motor Driver, command low RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. With IAC Motor Driver, command high RPM while observing a scan tool until the IAC counts start to increment. While the IAC counts are incrementing, observe the test light. Return engine idle speed to desired idle as indicated on the scan tool data list. Repeat the procedure with the test light connected between the IAC coil "B" low circuit and the IAC coil "B" high circuit at the IAC valve harness connector. Return engine speed to the desired idle as indicated on the scan tool data list. Did the test light stay illuminated and never flashing while the IAC counts where incrementing during the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
8. Inspect for a poor connection at the IAC valve harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 12 .
9. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. With DVOM, test the circuit where the test light remained OFF for the following: An open circuit. A short to ground. A short to another IAC valve circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Turn ON the ignition. With a DVOM, test the circuit where the test light remained ON for the following: A short to voltage. A short to another IAC valve circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Visually and physically inspect for the following conditions: Throttle body damage and tampering. Throttle lever screw tampering, if equipped. Vacuum leaks. Faulty, incorrectly installed PCV valve and hose, if equipped. Throttle shaft binding. Throttle linkage or cruise control linkage binding, if equipped. Remove the IAC valve. Inspect for the following conditions: Debris in the IAC passage. Excessive deposits on the throttle plate. Excessive deposits in the throttle bore. Excessive deposits on IAC valve pintle. Repair any of the conditions as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 14 .
12. Inspect for a poor connection at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
13. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. With a DVOM, test all IAC valve circuits for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 16 .
14. Inspect for a poor connection at the IAC valve harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
15. Replace IAC valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 17 .
16. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
17. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08708003192003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
18. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. High resistance in an IAC circuit.
2. The correct PCV valve, properly installed and proper operation of the PCV valve.
3. Proper operation and installation of all air intake components.
4. Proper installation and operation of the Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor, if equipped.
5. A tampered with or damaged throttle stop screw.
6. A tampered with or damaged throttle plate, throttle shaft, throttle linkage, or cruise control linkage, if equipped.
7. A skewed high TP sensor.
8. Excessive deposits in the IAC passage or on the IAC pintle.
9. Excessive deposits in the throttle bore or on the throttle plate.
10. Vacuum leaks.
11. A high or unstable idle condition could be caused by a non-IAC system problem that can not be overcome by the IAC valve.

If the problem is determined to be intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. System voltage less than 9 volts or greater than 16 volts.
2. Engine speed greater than 650 RPM.
3. Vehicle speed less than 25 MPH (40 km/h).

PCM detects a system voltage out of range for 30 seconds.

Actions Taken When DTC Sets

1. PCM will not illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL).
2. PCM will command a message to be displayed.
3. PCM will store conditions which were present when the DTC set as Fail Records data only.

1. PCM will command the message OFF after one trip in which the diagnostic test has been run and passed.
2. The history DTC will clear after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles have occurred without a malfunction.
3. DTC can be cleared by using scan tool's Clear DTC Information function.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S16963197622003061100000) . Using the scan tool, observe the Specific DTC Information for DTC P0560 until the test runs. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P0560 has passed this ignition cycle? If yes, problem is intermittent. Refer to «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article. If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With scan tool, observe the Ignition 1 Signal parameter in the PCM data list. Does the scan tool indicate that the Ignition 1 Signal parameter is greater than 9-16 volts? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
4. Using a scan tool compare the battery voltage with the Ignition 1 Signal parameter in the PCM data list. Is the battery voltage and PCM Ignition 1 readings different by more than 0.5 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, diagnose charging system.
5. Test the battery positive voltage circuit of the PCM for a high resistance or open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
8. Review and record the scan tool Fail Records data. Use the scan tool in order to clear the DTC. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S16963197622003061100000) . Using the scan tool, observe the Specific DTC Information for DTC P0560 until the test runs. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P0560 failed this ignition? If yes, go to step 3 . If no, system is okay.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0602 set? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
3. Program PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. Does DTC P0602 reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
4. Ensure that all tool connections are secure. Ensure that the programming equipment is operating correctly. Ensure that the correct software/calibration package is used. Attempt to program the PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. Does DTC P0602 reset? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
6. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Did the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to step 2 . If no, go to next step.
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The ignition is ON.

1. The control module detects that the commanded state of the MIL driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
2. Condition is present for at least 30 seconds.

The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. A last test failed, or current DTC, clears when the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A history DTC will clear after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Use a scan tool in order to clear the DTC.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Verify whether the instrument cluster is operational. If instrument panel is completely inoperative, diagnose instrument cluster. Refer to appropriate INSTRUMENT PANELS article in ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT. Command the MIL ON and OFF with scan tool. Does the MIL turn ON and OFF when commanded with a scan tool? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S42031000172003060600000) . You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. Does the DTC fail this ignition? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. Refer to «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Inspect the fuse that supplies ignition voltage to the MIL. Is the fuse open? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Turn ignition on. Is the MIL OFF? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 13 .
6. Turn ignition off. Remove the fuse that supplies voltage to the MIL. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the MIL control circuit to a good ground. Is the voltage less than 0.3 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 14 .
7. Turn ignition off. Install the fuse that supplies voltage to the MIL. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the MIL control circuit of the PCM and a good ground. Is the MIL illuminated? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
8. Turn ignition off. Remove the instrument panel cluster. Probe the MIL battery positive voltage circuit of the IPC harness connector with a test light that is connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 15 .
9. Test the MIL control circuit for an open or high resistance. Did you find and correct a condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to next step.
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the IPC. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 16 .
11. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 18 . If no, go to step 17 .
12. Repair short to ground in the battery positive voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
13. Repair short to ground in the MIL control circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
14. Repair short to voltage in the MIL control circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
15. Repair open in the MIL ignition voltage circuit. After repairs, go to step 18 .
16. Replace the IPC. After replacing instrument panel, go to step 18 .
17. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
18. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S42031000172003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
19. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0121, P0122, or P0123 not set.
2. Engine has been running for a period of time that is determined by the start-up coolant temperature. The time ranges from 2 minutes at less than -22°F (-30°C) to one second at more than 86°F (30°C).
3. Throttle angle is less than 2 percent when engine speed is less than 3000 RPM or throttle angle is less than 30 percent when engine speed is more than 3000 RPM.

PCM detects that the MAP sensor voltage is intermittently more than 4.2 volts.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install a scan tool. Start engine. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) information using the scan tool. Does the scan tool display DTC P0108 or P1635 set? If yes, see «DTC P0108: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S30912191292003060600000) or «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Observe the MAP sensor parameter with the scan tool. Attempt to induce the fault that set the DTC by manipulating the MAP sensor wiring harness, MAP sensor electrical connector and PCM connector. Is MAP sensor voltage affected during any part of the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
4. Test the low reference circuit between the PCM and MAP sensor for an intermittent open or a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the MAP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and MAP sensor for an intermittent short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the MAP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Repair as necessary. After repairs, go to next step.
8. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08087970672003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
9. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0121, P0122, or P0123 not set.
2. Ignition is on.
3. Throttle angle is more than zero percent when engine speed is less than 1000 RPM or throttle angle is more than 10 percent when engine speed is more than 1000 RPM.

PCM detects that the MAP sensor voltage is intermittently less than 0.1 volt.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check- Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Start engine. Monitor the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Information using the scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P0107 or P1635 is current? If yes, see «DTC P0107: MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S40689064122003060600000) or «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool observe the MAP sensor voltage, while moving the following components: MAP sensor connector Wiring harness related to the MAP sensor PCM connector Is the MAP sensor voltage affected during any part of the test? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
4. Test the 5-volt reference circuit between the PCM and MAP sensor for an open or a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the MAP sensor signal circuit between the PCM and the MAP sensor for a short to ground, open or high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the MAP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Repair as necessary. After repairs, go to next step.
8. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S14166807062003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
9. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0502 or P0503 are not set.
2. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 35 MPH.
3. MAF sensor is less than 12 g/s.
4. Engine coolant temperature is more than 140°F (60°C).
5. Engine run time is more than 180 seconds.

PCM detects that the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is less than -36°F (-38°C) intermittently for more than 3 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check- Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the DTC Information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0113 set? If yes, see «DTC P0113: IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S08332517362003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IAT sensor. Inspect for poor connection at the harness connector of the IAT sensor. Repair connector as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
4. Test the IAT signal circuit between the IAT sensor and PCM for and intermittent open. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Test the IAT signal circuit between the IAT sensor and the PCM for an intermittent short to a separate voltage source. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Test the low reference circuit for and intermittent open. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
7. Disconnect the PCM connector at the PCM. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Repair connector as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
8. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S23163838532003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
9. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0502, or P0503 not set.
2. Engine run time is more than 10 seconds.
3. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) indicates that vehicle speed is more than 25 MPH.

PCM detects that the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is more than 253°F (123°C) for 20 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check- Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the DTC Information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0112 set? If yes, see «DTC P0112: IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S02175657452003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the IAT sensor. Repair as necessary. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Test the IAT signal circuit between the IAT sensor and the PCM for an intermittent short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
5. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S32948565192003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
6. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine run time is more than 5 seconds.

PCM detects an intermittent high ECT sensor temperature while the engine is running and run time exceeds 5 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check- Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Install scan tool. Turn ignition on. Start engine. Does the scan tool indicate that DTC P0117 also failed? If yes, see «DTC P0117: ECT SENSOR CIRCUIT - LOW VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S16859813372003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the ECT sensor temperature while moving the sensor connector and the PCM connector. Does the scan tool indicate an abrupt change in value? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the ECT sensor temperature while moving the wiring harness at the sensor and PCM. Does the scan tool indicate an abrupt change in value? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to step 7 .
5. Repair the connector or terminal as necessary. After repairs, go to step 7 .
6. Repair harness or wiring as necessary. After repairs, go to next step.
7. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05500674622003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
8. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine run time is more than 5 seconds.

The PCM detects an intermittent low ECT sensor temperature while the engine is running and the run time exceeds 5 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Is DTC P0118 set? If yes, see «DTC P0118: ECT SENSOR CIRCUIT - HIGH VOLTAGE»(ref-155075-S14423861152003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn OFF the engine. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the ECT sensor temperature while moving the sensor connector and the PCM connector. Does the scan tool indicate an abrupt change in value? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Observe the ECT parameter with a scan tool while moving the wiring harness at ECT sensor and PCM. Does the scan tool indicate an abrupt change in value? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to step 7 .
5. Repair connector or terminal as necessary. After repairs, go to step 7 .
6. Repair harness or wiring as necessary. After repairs, go to next step.
7. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S32165026002003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
8. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The ignition is ON.

PCM detects that the TP sensor voltage is intermittently more than 4.9 volts.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the TP sensor. Connect a DVOM between the 5-volt reference circuit and ground at the TP sensor harness connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Lightly touch and move the related engine wiring harnesses and connectors for all 5-volt reference circuits while observing the voltage. Any change in voltage indicates the area where a short to voltage may be found. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition off. Connect a DVOM between the TP sensor signal circuit at the TP sensor harness connector and ground. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Lightly touch and move the related engine wiring harnesses and connectors while observing voltage. Any change in voltage indicates the area where a short to voltage may be found. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Connect the DVOM between the TP sensor low reference circuit at the TP sensor harness connector and ground. Lightly touch and move the related engine wiring harnesses and connectors while observing the resistance. Any change in the resistance indicates the area where an open or a high resistance may be found. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
5. Inspect for faulty connections at the TP sensor harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
6. Inspect for faulty connections at the PCM harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance between the TP sensor signal terminal and the low reference terminal at the TP sensor using the MIN MAX function on the DVOM. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to the Wide-Open Throttle (WOT) position, then release the pedal back to the closed throttle position several times. Did you observe a MAX value of infinite ohms or a MIN value of zero ohms? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
8. Replace TP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
9. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S21673302942003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
10. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The ignition is ON.

1. The TP sensor intermittently indicates a throttle position signal less than 0.95 volt.
2. Conditions are present for 0.5 second.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the TP sensor. Connect DVOM between the 5-volt reference circuit of the TP sensor and ground at TP sensor harness connector. Turn ON the ignition. Lightly touch and move the related engine wiring harnesses and connectors for all of the 5-volt reference circuits while observing the voltage. Any change in the voltage indicates the area where the 5-volt reference circuit may be open, have a high resistance, or shorted to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
3. Reconnect the TP sensor. Install a scan tool and observe the TP voltage parameter. Lightly touch and move the related engine wiring harnesses and connectors of the TP sensor signal circuit while observing voltage. Any change in voltage indicates the area where the TP sensor signal circuit may be open, shorted to ground, or have a high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
4. Inspect for faulty connections at the TP sensor harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Inspect for faulty connections at the harness connector of the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance between the TP sensor signal terminal and the 5-volt reference terminal at the TP sensor using the MIN MAX function on the DVOM. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to the Wide-Open Throttle (WOT) position, then release the pedal back to the closed throttle position several times. Did you observe a MAX value of infinite ohms or a MIN value of zero ohms? If yes, go to next step. If no, problem is intermittent. See «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
7. Replace TP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to next step.
8. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S33221079762003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
9. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Vehicle is not in Park or Neutral.
3. Engine Run Time parameter is at least 60 seconds.
4. Loop Status parameter is closed.
5. MAF Sensor parameter is 13-30 g/s.
6. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor is more than 167°F (70°C).
7. Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor is 13-29 g/s.
8. Engine speed is 1300-3000 RPM.
9. ECT Sensor parameter is more than 158°F (70°C).
10. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage switched from rich-to-lean fewer than 20 times within a 100 ms monitoring period.

PCM detects that the HO2S 1 voltage switched from lean-to-rich fewer than 20 times within a 100 ms monitoring period.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Does the HO2S 1 voltage fluctuate rapidly above and below 350-550 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22144261992003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the high signal circuit of the HO2S 1 harness connector, on the engine side, to a good ground with a DVOM. Is HO2S voltage 0.425-0.500 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 1 high signal circuit, and the HO2S 1 low reference circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect both PCM connectors. Measure the resistance of each of the following circuits with a DVOM: HO2S 1 high signal circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. Low reference loop between pin C1-29 and pin C2-80 of the PCM connectors. Is the resistance of each circuit less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Remove the jumpers from the HO2S 1 terminals. Connect a test light between the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit, and HO2S heater low control circuit terminals, on the engine harness side. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DTC P0135: HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT (BANK 1; SENSOR 1)»(ref-155075-S21698641002003060600000) .
8. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a White powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the Oxygen Sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires are not bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
9. Inspect for poor connections at the HO2S 1 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair circuit that measured a high resistance or an open. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22144261992003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0128, P0201-P0206, P0410, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, or P1441 not set.
2. Vehicle is not in Park or Neutral.
3. Engine Run Time parameter is at least 60 seconds.
4. Loop Status parameter is closed.
5. Mass Airflow (MAF) sensor is 13-30 g/s.
6. Engine speed is 1300-3000 RPM.
7. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is more than 158°F (70°C).
8. System voltage is 9-18 volts.

PCM detects that the average transition time ratio is not within 0.4-4.2 during a 100 second monitoring period.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The PCM turns OFF the MIL light after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Allow the engine to idle at operating temperature. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage parameter with a scan tool. Clear the DTC and record the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data if the HO2S 1 voltage is fixed at bias voltage. Does the HO2S 1 voltage fluctuate rapidly above and below 350-550 mV? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or as close to the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data that you observed. Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the HO2S 1 connector. Turn ignition on, engine off. Measure the voltage from the high signal circuit of the HO2S 1 harness connector, on the engine side, to a good ground with a DVOM. Is HO2S voltage 0.425-0.500 volt? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
5. Turn ignition off. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire between the HO2S 1 high signal circuit, and the HO2S 1 low reference circuit. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Observe the HO2S 1 voltage on the scan tool. Does the scan tool display less than 25 mV? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect both PCM connectors. Measure the resistance of each of the following circuits with a DVOM: HO2S 1 high signal circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. HO2S 1 low reference circuit between HO2S connector and the PCM connector. Low reference loop between pin C1-29 and pin C2-80 of the PCM connectors. Is the resistance of each circuit less than 5 ohms? If yes, go to step 10 . If no, go to next step.
7. Remove the jumpers from the HO2S 1 terminals. Connect a test light between the HO2S heater ignition voltage circuit, and HO2S heater low control circuit terminals on the engine harness side. Start engine. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DTC P0135: HO2S HEATER CIRCUIT (BANK 1; SENSOR 1)»(ref-155075-S21698641002003060600000) .
8. Inspect for the following conditions that may affect the HO2S operation: NOTE: Contamination of the oxygen sensor can result from the use of an inappropriate RTV sealant (not oxygen sensor safe) or excessive engine coolant or oil consumption. Remove the HO2S and visually inspect the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream in order to check for contamination. If contaminated, the portion of the sensor exposed to the exhaust stream will have a white powdery coating. Silicone contamination causes a high but false HO2S signal voltage (rich exhaust indication). The control module will then reduce the amount of fuel delivered to the engine, causing a severe driveability problem. Eliminate the source of contamination before replacing the oxygen sensor. HO2S for contamination. NOTE: Do not remove this pigtail from either the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) or the Oxygen Sensor (O2S). Removing the pigtail or the connector will affect sensor operation. Handle the oxygen sensor carefully. Do not drop the HO2S. Keep the in-line electrical connector and the louvered end free of grease, dirt, or other contaminants. Do not use cleaning solvents of any type. Do not repair the wiring, connector or terminals. Replace the oxygen sensor if the pigtail wiring, connector, or terminal is damaged. This external clean air reference is obtained by way of the oxygen sensor signal and heater wires. Any attempt to repair the wires, connectors, or terminals could result in the obstruction of the air reference and degraded sensor performance. The following guidelines should be used when servicing the heated oxygen sensor: Do not apply contact cleaner or other materials to the sensor or vehicle harness connectors. These materials may get into the sensor causing poor performance. Do not damage the sensor pigtail and harness wires in such a way that the wires inside are exposed. This could provide a path for foreign materials to enter the sensor and cause performance problems. Ensure the sensor or vehicle lead wires should not be bent sharply or kinked. Sharp bends or kinks could block the reference air path through the lead wire. Do not remove or defeat the oxygen sensor ground wire (where applicable). Vehicles that utilize the ground wired sensor may rely on this ground as the only ground contact to the sensor. Removal of the ground wire will cause poor engine performance. Ensure that the peripheral seal remains intact on the vehicle harness connector in order to prevent damage due to water intrusion. The engine harness may be repaired using Packard's Crimp and Splice Seals Terminal Repair Kit. Under no circumstances should repairs be soldered since this could result in the air reference being obstructed. Chafed, burnt, cut, pinched, or otherwise damaged HO2S wiring. The HO2S must have a clean air reference in order to function properly. This clean air reference is obtained by way of the HO2S wires. Obstruction of the air reference and degraded HO2S performance could result from any attempt to repair the conditions. Exhaust system leaks or restrictions. Evaporative (EVAP) emissions canister purge. Inspect the EVAP control system. The fuel pressure. Incorrect fuel pressure can affect HO2S operation. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
9. Inspect for poor connections at the HO2S 1 connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
10. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM harness connectors. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 13 .
11. Repair the circuit that measured a high resistance or an open. After repairs, go to step 14 .
12. Replace HO2S 1 sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 14 .
13. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
14. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S05070132602003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
15. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

1. DTCs P0336, P0341, or P1374 not set.
2. Engine coolant temperature is more than 158°F (70°C).

The crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in the PCM memory.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Perform the crankshaft position system variation learn procedure. See «CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR»(ref-155075-S19437808102003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. When complete, go to next step. If crankshaft position system variation learn procedure cannot be performed, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S41294973332003060600000) .
3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S40513194662003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
4. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The crankshaft position system variation compensating values are stored in PCM memory after a learn procedure has been performed. If the actual crankshaft position variation is not within the crankshaft position system variation compensating values stored in the PCM, DTC P0300 may set.

The crankshaft position system variation learn procedure is also required when the following service procedures have been performed, regardless of whether DTC P1336 is set

1. An engine replacement.
2. A PCM replacement.
3. A harmonic balancer replacement.
4. A CKP sensor replacement.
5. Any engine repairs which disturb the CKP sensor relationship.

If the crankshaft position system variation learn procedure cannot be performed successfully, check for the following conditions and correct as necessary

1. A damaged reluctor wheel.
2. Excessive crankshaft runout.
3. A damaged crankshaft.
4. Interference in the signal circuit of the CKP sensor.
5. A coolant temperature that is not within the Conditions for Running DTC.
6. The ignition switch is in the ON position until the battery is drained.
7. A PCM power disconnect with the ignition ON may erase the stored value and set the DTC P1336.

Engine is running.

1. The PCM detects an open in the IC timing signal circuit.
2. The condition is present for 300 3X reference periods, 100 crankshaft revolutions.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters that are observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S12677793432003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Disconnect PCM. Connect the DVOM between the IC control and the low reference circuits. Turn ON the ignition. Observe the resistance value on the DVOM. Is the resistance less than 500 ohms? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Do NOT reconnect the PCM. Disconnect the IC module connector. Test for an open in the IC control circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test for poor terminal connections at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Test for poor terminal connections at the IC module. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Replace IC module. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 9 .
8. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
9. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S40513194662003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
10. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine will start and may run with the IC module controlling the spark timing.

If the condition is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Engine is running.

1. The PCM detects an open circuit in the IC signal circuit.
2. The condition is present for 300 3X reference periods, 100 crankshaft revolutions.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for the DTC. Turn the ignition OFF for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters that are observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22863478932003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Connect a DVOM between the IC timing control and low reference circuits. Turn ignition on. Probe the IC timing signal circuit with a test light that is connected to battery voltage. Does the resistance measure greater than 5000 ohms? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Leave the PCM disconnected. Disconnect the IC module. Test the IC timing signal circuit of the ICM for an open. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 6 .
5. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to step 8 .
6. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ICM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
7. Replace IC module. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 9 .
8. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
9. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S22863478932003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
10. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine is running.

1. PCM does not monitor IC pulses when the IC mode spark advance is commanded.
2. The condition is present for 300 3X reference periods, 100 crankshaft revolutions.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn the ignition OFF for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters that are observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S26205746552003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Is DTC P1362 also set? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Turn ignition on. Probe the IC timing control circuit of the IC module with a test light connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 16 .
5. Turn ignition off. Leave the PCM disconnected. Disconnect the ICM. Turn ON the ignition. Probe the IC timing control circuit of the ICM with a test light connected to ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 10 .
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the IC module. Probe the IC timing control circuit at the PCM with a test light connected to battery voltage. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
7. Leave the ignition OFF. Leave the ICM disconnected. Probe the IC timing signal circuit of the IC module with a test light connected to battery voltage. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
8. Leave the ignition OFF. Leave the PCM disconnected. Leave the IC module disconnected. Test for a short between the IC timing control and IC timing signal circuits. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
9. Leave the ignition OFF. Reconnect the IC module. Leave the PCM disconnected. Turn ON the ignition. Using the DVOM, observe the resistance between the IC timing control circuit and a known-good ground while probing the IC timing signal circuit with a test light connected to battery positive voltage. Does the resistance toggle between 100-600 ohms or 6000-10,000 ohms? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to next step.
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ICM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 16 .
11. Check for poor connection at PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 15 .
12. Repair short to voltage in the IC timing control circuit of the ICM. After repairs, go to step 17 .
13. Repair short to ground or low reference in the IC timing control circuit of the IC module. After repairs, go to step 17 .
14. Repair short to ground or low reference in the IC timing signal circuit of the IC module. After repairs, go to step 17 .
15. Replace IC module. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After replacing module, go to step 17 .
16. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
17. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S26205746552003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
18. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine is running.

1. PCM detects a short to voltage in the IC timing signal circuit.
2. The condition is present for 300 3X reference periods, 100 crankshaft revolutions.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters that are observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S11319253382003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Is P1361 also set? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Turn ON the ignition. Probe the IC timing signal circuit with a test light that connects to ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 11 .
5. Leave the ignition OFF. DO NOT reconnect the PCM. DO NOT reconnect the IC module. Probe the IC timing signal circuit with a test light that connects to ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Disconnect the IC module. Probe the IC timing control circuit of the IC module with a test light connected to battery voltage. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
7. Leave the ignition OFF. Leave the PCM disconnected. Leave the ICM disconnected. Probe the IC timing signal circuit of the ICM with a test light connected to a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to next step.
8. Leave the ignition OFF. Leave the PCM disconnected. Leave the IC module disconnected. Test for a short between the IC timing control and IC timing signal circuits. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to next step.
9. Leave the ignition OFF. Reconnect the IC module. DO NOT reconnect the PCM. Turn ON the ignition. Using DVOM, observe the resistance between the IC timing control circuit and a known-good ground while probing the IC timing signal circuit with a test light. Connect the test light to battery voltage. Does the resistance toggle between 100-600 ohms and 6000-10,000 ohms? If yes, go to step 16 . If no, go to step 15 .
10. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the IC module. Did you find and correct the conditions? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 16 .
11. Test for an Intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 17 . If no, go to step 15 .
12. Repair short to voltage in the IC timing signal circuit of the IC module. After repairs, go to step 17 .
13. Repair short to ground in the IC timing control circuit of the IC module. After repairs, go to step 17 .
14. Repair short to ground in the IC timing signal circuit of the IC module. After repairs, go to step 17 .
15. Replace IC module. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 17 .
16. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
17. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S11319253382003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
18. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Engine is running and the 24X reference pulses are being received.

1. The ratio of 24X reference pulses to 3X reference pulses received by the PCM does not equal 8.
2. The ratio of 24X reference pulses to CMP PCM input pulses received by the PCM equals 48.
3. Conditions are present for more than 10 seconds.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Attempt to start the engine. Does the engine start and run? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 4 .
3. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S19697469992003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S13229783572003060600000) .
4. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the 6-way ignition control module connector. Remove the injector fuse. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Momentarily probe the low resolution engine speed signal circuit at the ignition module harness connector with a test light connected to battery voltage. Observe the Engine Speed parameter on scan tool. Is Engine Speed displayed? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
5. Did the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Test the low resolution engine speed signal circuit of the ignition control module for an open or a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 9 .
7. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Test the low resolution engine speed signal circuit of the ignition control module for a short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 9 .
8. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the ignition control module. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 12 . If no, go to step 11 .
10. Replace ignition control module. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 12 .
11. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
12. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S19697469992003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
13. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

DTC P1374 can be caused by secondary components leaking high voltage into the IC module.

Inspect for the following conditions

1. Incorrect harness routing near secondary ignition components.
2. Ignition coil arcing to wiring harness or IC module. Inspect the ignition coils for the following conditions: Cracks, carbon tracking and other signs of damage.
3. Secondary ignition wires arcing to the wiring harness.
4. If the DTC is determined to be intermittent, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. Engine load is less than 87 percent.
2. Engine speed is less than 5000 RPM.
3. Vehicle speed is greater than 10 MPH.
4. Engine misfire is detected. DTC P0300 set.

An ABS malfunction exists preventing the PCM from receiving rough road detection data.

1. The control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, see appropriate ANTI-LOCK/TCS article in BRAKES. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.

1. Engine load is less than 87 percent.
2. Engine speed is less than 5000 RPM.
3. Vehicle speed is more than 10 MPH.
4. Engine misfire is detected. DTC P0300 set.

A serial data malfunction exists preventing the PCM from receiving rough road detection data for 5 seconds.

1. The control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.

1. Engine is running.
2. Ignition 1 signal voltage parameter is 11-18 volts.
3. EGR valve is commanded to zero percent for 20 seconds after EGR valve has been commanded to open more than 40 percent for 0.5 second.

1. EGR Position Sensor parameter is 0.2 volt more than the EGR Learned Minimum Position parameter when the Desired EGR Position parameter is commanded to zero percent for 20 seconds.
2. EGR Position Sensor parameter is more than 40 percent and is steady for 0.5 second after a test failure and before the next test will be run.
3. Condition is present twice.

1. The control module illuminates the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) on the second consecutive ignition cycle that the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. The control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The first time the diagnostic fails, the control module stores this information in the Failure Records. If the diagnostic reports a failure on the second consecutive ignition cycle, the control module records the operating conditions at the time of the failure. The control module writes the operating conditions to the Freeze Frame and updates the Failure Records.

1. The control module turns OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) after 3 consecutive ignition cycles that the diagnostic runs and does not fail.
2. A current DTC, Last Test Failed, clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
3. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
4. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P1635 also set? If yes, go to «DTC P1635: 5-VOLT REFERENCE 1 CIRCUIT»(ref-155075-S14221751622003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Start engine. Observe the EGR Position Sensor parameter with a scan tool. Is the EGR Position Sensor parameter less than 1 percent? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 6 .
4. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, command the EGR valve from zero percent to 100 percent. Does the desired EGR position remain within 15 percent of the EGR position sensor at all commanded positions? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
5. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S08467748232003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S28920334992003060600000) .
6. Turn ignition off. Disconnect EGR valve. Turn ignition on, with engine off. With a scan tool, observe the EGR position sensor parameter. Does the scan tool indicate that the EGR position sensor is at one percent? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 10 .
7. Connect a test light between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and the low reference circuit of the EGR valve. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 9 .
8. Connect a 3-amp fused jumper wire from the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve to EGR valve position signal circuit. Is EGR position sensor parameter on the scan tool more than 99 percent? If yes, go to step 14 . If no, go to step 12 .
9. Connect a test light between the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR valve and a good ground. Does the test light illuminate? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 13 .
10. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 16 .
11. Test the low reference circuit of the EGR valve for an open or for high resistance. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 16 .
12. Test the EGR valve position signal circuit for high resistance or for a high resistance short to ground. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 16 .
13. Test the 5-volt reference circuit of the EGR position sensor for an open, a short to ground, or a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 16 .
14. Inspect for poor connections at the harness connector of the EGR valve. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 17 .
15. Test all 5-volt reference circuits for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to next step.
16. Inspect for poor connections at the PCM harness connector. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 19 . If no, go to step 18 .
17. Replace EGR valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 19 .
18. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
19. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
20. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

Inspect for excessive deposits on the EGR valve pintle or seat. Remove the EGR valve and check for deposits that may interfere with the EGR valve pintle extending completely or cause the pintle to stick.

If DTC is determined to be intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

1. DTCs P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0125, P0440, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P1106, P1107, P1112, P1114, P1115, P1121, or P1122 not set.
2. Ignition voltage is 10-18 volts.
3. Barometric (BARO) pressure is more than 75 kPa.
4. Fuel level is 15-85 percent.
5. Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
6. Intake Air Temperature (IAT) is 39-86°F (4-30°C).
7. Start-up ECT and IAT are within 16°F (9°C) of each other.
8. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) is less than 75 MPH.

The control module detects vacuum during a non-purge condition.

1. The control module will illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test ran and failed.
2. The control module will store conditions which were present when the DTC set as Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. The control module will turn OFF the MIL during the third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic ran and passed.
2. The History DTC will clear after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles without a malfunction.
3. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Using scan tool, perform the Service Bay Test. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S35763768662003060600000) . If no, go to next step.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the purge line from the EVAP purge solenoid. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Is the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter within -1 to 1 in. H2O? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Install a hand-held vacuum gauge to the EVAP purge port. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge valve harness connector. Monitor vacuum on the vacuum gauge. Start and allow engine to idle. Increase the idle to 1200-1500 RPM. Does the vacuum gauge indicate an increase in vacuum? If yes, go to step 7 . If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S35763768662003060600000) .
5. Test for an intermittent and for a poor connection at the FTP sensor. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to next step.
6. Replace FTP sensor. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After replacing sensor, go to step 8 .
7. Replace EVAP canister purge solenoid. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After replacing EVAP canister purge solenoid, go to next step.
8. Perform Service Bay Test with scan tool. Does the scan tool indicate that the Service Bay Test passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 3 .
9. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

The EVAP system tests runs when engine is first started and meets the Conditions for Running DTC. See CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC . An intermittent condition could be caused by an improperly installed or damaged EVAP canister purge solenoid or by a temporary blockage in the EVAP canister purge solenoid.

Engine is running.

1. PCM detects a voltage out of tolerance condition on the 5-volt reference 1 circuit.
2. Condition is present for longer than 10 seconds.

1. PCM will illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test has been run and failed.
2. PCM will store conditions which were present when the DTC set as Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. PCM will turn OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic has run and passed.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S21584458382003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «INTERMITTENTS»(ref-152915-S42075885362003030500000) in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the EGR valve. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Command the EGR solenoid to 100 percent with a scan tool. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 5 . If no, go to next step.
4. Is the voltage measured more than 5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 8 . If no, go to step 6 .
5. Connect the EGR valve. Disconnect the MAP sensor. Command the EGR solenoid to 100 percent with a scan tool. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit of the MAP sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S01474643092003060600000) . If no, go to step 11 .
6. Monitor a DVOM while disconnecting all other devices connected to the 5-volt reference circuit, one at a time. If voltage changes when one of the devices are disconnected, replace the affected component (MAP, FTP, TP and TP sensors). Was a component replaced? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
7. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or any sensor low reference circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
8. Monitor the DVOM while disconnecting the MAP sensor and FTP sensor, one at a time. If voltage returns to within 4.8-5.2 volts when one of the devices is disconnected, test that sensors signal circuit for a short to voltage. If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
9. Test the 5-volt reference circuits for a short to voltage. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to next step.
10. Test for a short between the EGR 5-volt reference circuit and the EGR solenoid high control circuit. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 13 . If no, go to step 12 .
11. Replace EGR valve. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. After repairs, go to step 13 .
12. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
13. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S21584458382003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
14. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

If any sensor using a 5-volt bias voltage, such as the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor or fuel sensor is shorted to voltage, DTC P1639 may set in addition to DTC P1635. For an intermittent condition, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Engine must be running.

1. PCM detects a voltage out of tolerance condition on the 5-volt reference 2 circuit.
2. Condition is present for longer than 10 seconds.

1. PCM will illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the second consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test has been run and failed.
2. PCM will store conditions which were present when the DTC set as Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

1. PCM will turn OFF the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) during the third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic has run and passed.
2. The history DTC will clear after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles have occurred without a malfunction.
3. Clear the MIL and the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Observe the Freeze Frame/Failure Records for this DTC. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC or within the parameters observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S02176669572003060600000) . Does the DTC fail this ignition cycle? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC AIDS»(ref-155075-S10966341712003061100000) .
3. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the A/C refrigerant pressure sensor. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit of the A/C refrigerant pressure sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage within 4.8-5.2 volts? If yes, go to step 9 . If no, go to next step.
4. Is the voltage measured in the previous step more than 5.2 volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 8 .
5. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Turn ignition on, with engine off. Measure the voltage from the 5-volt reference circuit of the A/C refrigerant pressure sensor to a good ground with a DVOM. Is the voltage more zero volts? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 7 .
6. Test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to voltage. Repair as necessary. After repairs, go to step 11 .
7. Test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to any other circuit within the harness to the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
8. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the PCM. Test the 5-volt reference circuit for a short to ground or a short to any other circuit within the harness to the PCM. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 11 . If no, go to step 10 .
9. Replace A/C refrigerant pressure sensor. After replacing sensor, go to step 11 .
10. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
11. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool. Turn ignition off for 30 seconds. Start engine. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Running DTC. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S02176669572003060600000) . Does the DTC run and pass? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
12. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

If any sensor using a 5-volt bias voltage, such as the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor or fuel sensor is shorted to voltage, DTC P1635 may set in addition to DTC P1639. For an intermittent condition, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

Ignition is ON.

1. ODM has detected a voltage greater than 33 volts; or excessive current is detected on any circuit to the ODM.
2. Condition exist for 30 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0560 set? If yes, see appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL. If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, select the Output Driver Data list. Observe the parameters on the scan tool. Do any parameters indicate a fault present? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Test for a short to voltage on the control circuit of the component that indicated a fault. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
6. Using scan tool, clear the DTCs. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. Select DTC and the Specific DTC function. Enter the DTC number which was set. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Setting DTC or until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic Ran. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S13975773102003060600000) . Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

An overcharging condition may set this DTC. See appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL.

Thoroughly inspect any circuitry that is suspected of causing the intermittent complaint. Repair the circuits as necessary. If problem is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

The ignition is ON.

1. ODM has detected a voltage greater than 33.0 volts; or excessive current is detected on any circuit to the ODM.
2. Condition present for 30 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0560 set? If yes, see appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL. If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, select the Output Driver Data list. Observe the parameters on the scan tool. Do any parameters indicate a fault present? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Test for a short to voltage on the control circuit of the component that indicated a fault. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
6. Using scan tool, clear the DTCs. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. Select DTC and the Specific DTC function. Enter the DTC number which was set. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Setting DTC or until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic ran. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S32523628682003060600000) . Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

An over charging condition may set this DTC. See appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL.

Thoroughly inspect any circuitry that is suspected of causing the intermittent complaint. Repair the circuits as necessary. See INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

The ignition is ON.

1. The ODM has detected a voltage greater than 33.0 volts; or excessive current is detected on any circuit to the ODM.
2. Condition present for 30 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0560 set? If yes, see appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL. If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, select the Output Driver Data list. Observe the parameters on the scan tool. Do any parameters indicate a fault present? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Test for a short to voltage on the control circuit of the component that indicated a fault. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
6. Using scan tool, clear the DTCs. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. Select DTC and the Specific DTC function. Enter the DTC number which was set. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Setting DTC or until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic ran. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S20887945072003060600000) . Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic Passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

An overcharging condition may set this DTC. See appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL.

Thoroughly inspect any circuitry that is suspected of causing the intermittent complaint. Repair the circuits as necessary. If problem is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.

The ignition is ON.

1. ODM has detected a voltage greater than 33.0 volts; or excessive current is detected on any circuit to the ODM.
2. Condition is present for 30 seconds.

1. Control module stores the DTC information into memory when the diagnostic runs and fails.
2. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) will not illuminate.
3. Control module records the operating conditions at the time the diagnostic fails. The control module stores this information in the Failure Records.
4. The driver information center, if equipped, may display a message.

1. A current DTC Last Test Failed clears when the diagnostic runs and passes.
2. A history DTC clears after 40 consecutive warm-up cycles, if no failures are reported by this or any other non-emission related diagnostic.
3. Clear the DTC with a scan tool.

1. Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls? If yes, go to next step. If no, see «DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM CHECK - ENGINE CONTROLS»(ref-155075-S24848794192003060600000) under SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM.
2. Is DTC P0560 set? If yes, see appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL. If no, go to next step.
3. With a scan tool, select the Output Driver Data list. Observe the parameters on the scan tool. Do any parameters indicate a fault present? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 5 .
4. Test for a short to voltage on the control circuit of the component that indicated a fault. Did you find and correct the condition? If yes, go to step 6 . If no, go to next step.
5. Replace PCM. See «REMOVAL & INSTALLATION - AZTEC & RENDEZVOUS»(ref-155806) article. Reprogram PCM. See «POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE»(ref-155075-S39693243352003060600000) under PROGRAMMING. After repairs, go to next step.
6. Using scan tool, clear the DTCs. Start engine. Allow the engine to idle until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. Select DTC and the Specific DTC function. Enter the DTC number which was set. Operate vehicle within the Conditions for Setting DTC or until the scan tool indicates the diagnostic ran. See «CONDITIONS FOR RUNNING DTC»(ref-155075-S35981678222003060600000) . Does the scan tool indicate that the diagnostic passed? If yes, go to next step. If no, go to step 2 .
7. Observe the stored information, Capture Info with a scan tool. Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not diagnosed? If yes, see «DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE DEFINITIONS»(ref-155075-S27919636112003060600000) . If no, system is okay.

An overcharging condition may set this DTC. See appropriate GENERATORS & REGULATORS article in ELECTRICAL.

Thoroughly inspect any circuitry that is suspected of causing the intermittent complaint. Repair the circuits as necessary. If problem is intermittent, see INTERMITTENTS in TROUBLE SHOOTING - NO CODES - 3.4L AZTEK & RENDEZVOUS article.